ACADEMIC FOUNDATION

...Publishing with
a Difference !

Catalogue

  • Economics /1 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 268
    ISBN 9782332700093
    INR 1095
    In association with Skoch Group
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    An Agenda for India's Growth

    Essays in Honour of P. Chidambaram

    Sameer Kochhar (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Since 1991, P. Chidambaram has been deeply involved with the economic reforms that have changed India for the better. He firmly believes that economic freedom is linked not just to higher growth, more jobs and larger incomes, but has undeniable connections to political freedom, empowerment, transparency and good governance. This book is as much a tribute to Chidambaram's eloquent advocacy of economic freedom—and the courage he displayed in implementing it—as about setting the agenda for the country's next wave of reforms.</p> <p><br /> The authors of the essays in this volume are accomplished experts in their respective spheres. Together, they cover a wide range of issues: fiscal and monetary policies, strengthening financial inclusion, revitalising agriculture, buoying stock markets, policy on natural resources, external trade reforms, urban infrastructure renewal and security aspects to growth. The volume not only offers perceptive analyses on these topics but also charts out the clear roadmap for a growth-oriented, caring and compassionate agenda for the country's future.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /2 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 248
    ISBN 9789332701205
    INR 995.00
    Two Color Interior
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India Labour and Employment Report 2014

    Workers in the Era of Globalization

    Institute For Human Development /government Of Nct Of Delhi‚ Indian Society Of Labour Economics (Ed.)

    Principal author : Alakh N. Sharma



    About the Book

    <p>Rapid economic growth in India over the last quarter century has reduced extreme poverty and modestly improved the quality of life of a large segment of the population. However, large employment deficits remain: most jobs created are of poor quality and low productivity in the informal economy. Further, the gains from growth have been distributed unevenly. Growing inequalities and vulnerabilities have generated widespread insecurity of livelihoods and highlighted weaknesses in prevailing social protection systems.</p> <p><br /> This Report is the first of a series of biennial publications by the Institute for Human Development and the Indian Society of Labour Economics. &nbsp;It provides an overview of the labour market and employment outcomes that the Indian economy has delivered as it globalized. It concludes that structural changes are slow and difficult, and the potential for equitable growth remains unrealized, hampered by policy inertia, resistance from social and economic interests and rigidities of existing systems and perspectives. The Report assesses the gains and losses for labour in the first round of globalization. It reveals many markers of progress as well as deep challenges. Effective, responsive, fair and comprehensive labour and employment policy is vital for sustainable and inclusive development. That is the central message of this Report.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /3 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 144
    ISBN 9789332701137
    INR 1295
    Two Color Interior
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Food Processing Industry in India

    Unleashing the Potential of the Non-alcoholic Beverage Sector

    Arpita Mukherjee


    About the Book

    <p><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">The report is the first exhaustive study on the non-alcoholic beverage sector as a case study for reforming the Indian food processing sector. It examines the contribution of the sector to the Indian economy through development of manufacturing, creation of employment, increase in investment, technology transfer, enhancing exports, and linking Indian agriculture to the global production networks. The report covers agriculture, manufacturing, retail and consumers. Based on secondary information analysis and a nationwide primary survey, it identifies the barriers faced by the food processing sector, in general, and non-alcoholic beverage sector, in particular, and suggests policy reforms which will enhance the GDP growth, create employment, attract investment, improve India’s trade balance and enable the country to become a part of the global processed food value chain.</span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The report provides information and market entry and operations strategies to businesses in emerging markets such as India; it enables policy makers to prioritise policy reforms and students can benefit from this industry specific study. The report is the first of its kind which analyses the recent changes in Indian government policies including the policy of allowing 51 per cent FDI in multi-brand retail.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /4 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2013
    Pages: 512
    ISBN 9789332700857
    INR 745

    + Add to Cart
    Brochure

    Indian Economy : Performance and Policy

    14th Ed.: 2013-14

    Uma Kapila

    • Designed to serve as a textbook for B.Com (H) Semester-IV, University of Delhi • Based on latest recommended readings and guidelines (restructured course) • Recommended text in several universities across India • Widely used by students preparing for IAS



    About the Book

    <p>HERE's the new, 2013-14 Edition of the widely accepted textbook (Indian economy paper) for Semester IV, B.Com (Hons.) Delhi University.</p> <p>The book is based on the new guidelines (restructured course), incorporating the latest reading list issued by the department, for the academic year 2013-14.<br /> The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under 5 sections:<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; I&nbsp; Basic Issues in Economic Development<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; II Indian Economy at Independence<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; III Policy Regimes<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; IV Growth, Development and Structural Change<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; V Sectoral Trends and Issues<br /> The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the original readings recommended for the new course, many of these being available in her edited books: ‘Indian Economy Since Independence’, 24th Edition 2013-14 and ‘Two Decades of Economic Reforms’, 2012.<br /> In the present volume, the author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses.<br /> Additionally, inclusion of important questions and a ‘Glossary' make the book an ‘ideal’ text in its category. Not surprising, the book is also being widely used by students who prepare for&nbsp;IAS and other competitive examinations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /5 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 1020
    ISBN 9789332700369
    INR 1295.95

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence

    24th Ed.: 2013-14

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Revised year after year, now into its 24th Edition, this unique book is widely accepted as the core text for graduate / post-graduate courses in Indian economy, in various universities across India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book is essentially, a collection of select articles by some of India’s topmost economists and experts. These highly recommended original readings are well- supported by editorial notes and excerpts from Plan documents, that together present a comprehensive and critical analysis of Indian economy since independence: 1947-2013.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /6 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2013
    Pages: 1020
    ISBN 9789332700352
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence

    24th Ed.: 2013-14

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p><br /> Revised year after year, now into its 24th Edition, this unique book is widely accepted as the core text for graduate / post-graduate courses in Indian economy, in various universities across India.<br /> The book is essentially, a collection of select articles by some of India’s topmost economists and experts. These highly recommended original readings are well- supported by editorial notes and excerpts from Plan documents, that together present a comprehensive and critical analysis of Indian economy since independence: 1947-2013.</p>

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /7 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2013
    Pages: 386
    ISBN 9789332700871
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Brochure

    Enhancing Trade, Investment and Cooperation between India and Taiwan

    Parthapratim Pal‚ Arpita Mukherjee‚ Kristy Tsun-tzu Hsu (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This is the first exhaustive study on possibilities of comprehensive economic partnership between an emerging market in Asia, India, and one of the four 'Asian Dragons', Taiwan. It focuses on how Asian countries can leverage their mutual complementarities, develop production networks and efficient supply chains and enhance investment flows—taking the example of India and Taiwan. Based on primary survey based research, the report highlights the barriers to trade and investment in India and Taiwan, and suggests measures to remove them. It critically examines the WTO and FTA strategies of India and Taiwan in the context of the trade agreements in Asia.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The report focuses on both cross-cutting and sector-specific issues. The sectors discussed in the report include: logistics, automobile and auto component, information and communication technology, food processing, distribution and retail, and human resource development. These sectors have been selected as they are undergoing regulatory and policy changes in India and emphasis is on how India and Taiwan can learn from each other's development and regulatory experiences. The report provides information to businesses operating or planning to operate in each other's market and to policymakers on how to facilitate business interaction and greater trade, and investment flows.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /8 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2013
    Pages: 152
    ISBN 9789332700840
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Brochure

    A Study of India’s Investment Environment, Major FDI Inflows and Suggestion for Taiwan’s Businessmen

    Rajat Kathuria‚ Mansi Kedia Jaju


    About the Book

    <p>The report provides a detailed analysis of the investment environment in India with respect to Taiwan. The extensive primary data collection has highlighted challenges and opportunities of India's effort to forge deeper ties in its neighbourhood. The process to promote increased collaboration with Taiwan is already underway. Though barriers to investment continue to exist, India must expedite the process of domestic reforms to create an attractive business environment. The focus on select sectors and states helps provide granular information useful to policymakers, not only with respect to Taiwan, but more general, related to all domestic and foreign investments in India.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /9 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2013
    Pages: 232
    ISBN 9789332700864
    INR 995
    Two Color Interior
    + Add to Cart
    Brochure

    Delhi Human Development Report 2013

    Improving Lives, Promoting Inclusion

    Institute For Human Development /government Of Nct Of Delhi


    About the Book

    <p>During the last few years, Delhi has experienced significant prosperity and expanding employment opportunities along with considerable improvements in infrastructure, basic services and amenities. Home to about 17 million people, the city attracts thousands of migrants every year, who arrive in search of livelihoods and educational opportunities. Delhi has emerged as a sort of microcosm of the entire country, unmatched in characteristics and spirit by any other city of India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The Delhi Human Development Report 2013 discusses the various aspects of the prevailing human development scenario in Delhi, including employment, livelihood, educational opportunities, healthcare, basic services and amenities, as well as the issue of public safety that has been a source of widespread concern in the recent past.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>While encompassing both the achievements and emerging challenges that constantly confront this vibrant city, the Report not only relies on the latest statistics and available information, but also analyses the findings of a large survey of about 8000 households. This was carried out to identify the perceptions and aspirations of the citizens belonging to various groups. The Report documents the tremendous positive changes taking place in Delhi in numerous spheres, signifying the dynamics of its socio-economic development along with the monumental task of ensuring that the benefits of prosperity accrue to all, especially the less privileged sections of its society. In essence, therefore, this Report is both a mirror to the city and an endeavour to promote inclusion and equity at various levels. &nbsp;</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /10 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-Cover • 2013
    Pages: Part-A (680), Part-B ( 712)
    ISBN 9788171889860
    INR 2195.00

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Brochure

    The Reserve Bank of India (Part A & Part B)

    Volume 4: 1981–1997

    Reserve Bank Of India (rbi)


    About the Book

    <p>This fourth volume in the series of the history of the Reserve Bank of India covers the 16 eventful years from 1981 to 1997. It is published in two parts, which ideally should be read as a continuum.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Part A</strong> focuses on the transformation of the Indian economy from a regime of restrictions to progressive liberalisation. The 1980s were characterised by an expansionary fiscal policy accompanied by automatic monetisation of budgetary deficit that strained the conduct of monetary policy. Similarly, a heavily regulated banking system impaired efficiency. The domestic macroeconomic imbalances combined with deteriorating external conditions triggered the balance of payments (BoP) crisis of 1991. Subsequent reforms ushered in far reaching changes not only in the economy but also in central banking.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Part B</strong> of the volume captures the implementation of structural and financial sector reforms: fiscal correction and phasing out of automatic monetisation; development of government securities market; and greater integration among money, securities and foreign exchange markets. It also covers the transformation in banking with liberalisation and improvement in credit delivery. At the same time the Reserve Bank had to contend with a securities scam which led to the introduction of better control systems and strengthening of the payment and settlement systems.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>With the introduction of financial sector reforms, the Reserve Bank adopted a more active communication strategy. The organisational structure of the Reserve Bank also changed in response to domestic necessities and international developments. The Bank embarked upon technological transformation and upgraded its systems and procedures to manage its operations effectively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume is more than a mere narrative of the history of the Reserve Bank; it also provides valuable insights into India's economic development and policy during an eventful and significant period.</p>

    Praise for this book

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /11 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2013
    Pages: 265
    ISBN 9789332700260
    INR 295.00

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Brochure

    India : A Pocket Book of Data Series, 2013

    Epw Research Foundation


    About the Book

    <p>The EPW Research Foundation brings you a one-stop resource for all important economic and social data on India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>NEW, 3rd Edition... &nbsp;<br /> India: A Pocket Book of Data Series / 2013</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The development of independent India from an agrarian stage to a modern economy began in the early 1950s. After the first four decades of planning, India embarked upon a series of economic and financial sector reforms in the early 1990s. While India has continually been undergoing a socio-economic and structural transformation, its economic growth has accelerated in the past two decades. Since 2004, it has been on an even higher growth trajectory. This pocket book from EPW Research Foundation captures these trends and patterns, from data sets for a variety of social and economic indicators and presents them in a compact manner in both discrete and continuous annual series. The five major components of data sets are: Macro Economy, Social Sector, Infrastructure, Profile of States and International Comparison. It is a quick and handy reference tool for academics, executives, students and researchers and for anybody interested in the saga of India’s development. &nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /12 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 416+368
    ISBN 9789332701335
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Emerging Big Picture

    Making Sense of India's Economy : A set of 2 volumes

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Indian economy is currently going through a difficult period. However, the problems are not unique to India. Growth has slowed down in many other emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs). This book entitled: “The Emerging Big Picture: Making Sense of India’s Economy”, in two volumes, comprising the writings of eminent economists, policy makers, distinguished scholars and subject experts, throws light on&nbsp; various reasons attributed to the growth slowdown and collectively provide roadmap for not only accelerating economic growth but also sustainable and regionally more inclusive growth.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /13 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 480
    ISBN 9789332701274
    INR 1395

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India's Policy Milieu

    Economic Development, Planning and Industry

    S.K. Goyal


    About the Book

    <p>This book comprising a collection of articles written by the eminent economist Prof S.K. Goyal under a different political-economic context of planning era, is of continuing relevance to the on-going debate on issues like the vastly increased role of foreign capital, restructuring of public sector, financial sector transformation, crony capitalism, endemic trade imbalances and functioning of new regulatory bodies which characterise India’s transition to the new economic policy regime.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /14 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 468
    ISBN 9789332701229
    INR 1395

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Development Narratives

    The Political Economy of Tamil Nadu

    V.K. Natraj‚ A. Vaidyanathan (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Tamil Nadu projects several important positive dimensions. Among them, from a development perspective, stand out: dynamic entrepreneurial class; well developed educational system; efficient administrative system; impressive and long history of advancement of the backward classes; continuing emphasis on social safety nets for the people; spread of industries in clusters and avoidance of concentration in a few locations; close attention to state autonomy and adherence to the federal principle especially after the mid-sixties.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>As a result of industries getting spread—including most recently the IT sector—Tamil Nadu has avoided the diseconomies of concentration in a few locations. Also being a highly urbanised state, this has provided the poor with a supplement to other social safety nets. It should cause no surprise that Tamil Nadu is a front ranking state in terms of economic growth as well as concern for social welfare. And in this respect upholds the legacy it has as one of the pioneers in the uplift of the weaker sections.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The papers in this volume highlight significant trends and development in: population, labour force and employment, agriculture and irrigation, industrial development, social sectors and environment. The papers are a mix of the descriptive and the analytical. This collection, like most research, raises more questions than it offers solution for. If it provokes further thought and hopefully results in some pointers for future policy, the effort to put it together would not be unrequited.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /15 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 96
    ISBN 9789332701359
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Freedom of the States of India 2013

    Bibek Debroy‚ Laveesh Bhandari‚ Swaminathan S. Anklesaria Aiyar


    About the Book

    <p>Economic freedom matters. It improves outcomes by empowering citizens with the freedom to choose. This report, one of a series starting in 2005, once again seeks to measure economic freedom in different Indian states, and to show how this improves economic outcomes.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Economic freedom is a concept first used by the Fraser Institute to measure the extent to which governments constrain efficient decision making and distort resource allocation. It has been used in cross-country literature to show that countries with higher levels of freedom have better development indicators. However, attempts to capture economic freedom at the sub-national level of state governments are rare, although very pertinent in a federal country like India. Many areas of economic decision making in India fall under the jurisdiction of state governments, and are listed in the Seventh Schedule of the Indian Constitution. Our pioneering work modifies the Fraser Institute’s methodology of measuring economic freedom across countries, creating a new way of measuring economic freedom across Indian states. This enables us to see which states are getting freer or less free, and to demonstrate how economic freedom at the state level impacts economic development.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /16 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 272
    ISBN 9789332701250
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Brochure

    Reinventing Development Economics

    Explorations from the Indian Experiment

    N.A. Mujumdar


    About the Book

    <p>The dimensions of development have now taken a new shape. There is no generic formula for growth and every country has specific characteristics and historical experiences that must be reflected in its growth story. It has now been widely recognised that inclusive growth is imperative for sustainability. Governments around the world are therefore anxious that even as they pursue economic growth they must make that growth process inclusive. The strong linkage between stability and inclusion should be the guiding principle of policies for promotion of growth. There is also a renewed call for revival of ethical values.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book is an attempt at exploring the new aspects of development philosophy. Divided into six broad sections, it addresses the issues of: growth and development, monetary policy, banking policy, fiscal policy, food security and global environment with reference to the Indian economy. The underlying main theme of all the articles in the volume is promoting growth which is all-round and inclusive, equitable and above all growth which ultimately leads to the emergence of value-based compassionate society.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /17 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 74
    ISBN 9789332701380
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Food Supply Chain in India

    Analysing the Potential for International Business

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Tanu M. Goyal‚ Parthapratim Pal‚ Saubhik Deb


    About the Book

    <p>India is one of the largest food and grocery markets in the world and a large consumer of food products. Despite having a rich raw material base for food products, high food price inflation is becoming a major challenge facing the country. There is a shortage of supply due to issues in the food supply chain. The food supply chain is fragmented and only seven per cent of the perishable products are being processed. To counter this, the Indian government is offering several incentives to private and foreign investors in the food processing sector reflecting the government’s intention to attract investment. The large and unsaturated Indian market has attracted a number of foreign companies yet the country has not been able to be a part of their global production networks. There is a need for reforms in the food supply chain to enable India to reach out to its unrealised potential.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br /> Given this background, this report examines the opportunities and potential for international businesses in the food supply chain of India. The report tries to make international businesses better acquainted with the Indian market by providing detailed information about the central and state governments’ policies on the food supply chain. It highlights the barriers faced by international businesses in India and suggests a go-to-market strategy for international businesses. The report identifies the current and potential gains for India from the entry of foreign businesses and makes policy recommendation based on a clear understanding of the expectations and experiences of international businesses in India and global best practices.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /18 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 292
    ISBN 9789332700895
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Essays on Inclusive Growth and Some Reminiscences

    C.H. HANUMANTHA Rao


    About the Book

    <p>India’s Twelfth Five Year Plan seeks to achieve inclusive and sustainable development through an appropriate growth process by reducing regional disparities in development, raising the growth rates of agriculture and manufacturing, and by giving high priority to health and education. Against this backdrop, the essays on inclusive growth in this book focus on regional disparities in development, technology fatigue, marketing con-straints and sustainable use of water &nbsp;in respect of agriculture; ensuring accountability in performance; and the growth performance in Andhra Pradesh where the rising discontent against regional disparities in development led to the recent decision of the Union Government to form separate state of Telangana.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book also includes some remini-scences of the author from his student days to his interactions on economic policy issues concerning equitable development since the 1980s, with individuals ranging from veteran freedom fighters to the eminent scholars and public figures, including some Prime Ministers of India.&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /19 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 348
    ISBN 9788171889921
    INR 1195
    Economics
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Evolving Economy

    Puzzles and Perspectives

    A. Vaidyanathan


    About the Book

    <p><strong>A. Vaidyanathan</strong> ranks amongst India’s topmost economists of international standing who have profoundly impacted the academic, research and policy landscape in the country.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book presents a selection of the author’s essays—some unpublished and others published—on diverse aspects and issues of development. It starts with a discussion of the growing divergence between agriculture and the rest of the economy, the sources of the phenomenal growth of tertiary sectors and foreign capital inflow in the last two decade. This is followed by critical appraisal of the rationale and efficacy of current strategies for poverty alleviation and equitable distribution in three major concerns of food security, employment guarantee and access to education. The third section focuses on the extent to which the expansion of financial sector has widened the reach of informal sectors to institutional credit, the factors underlying the rapid growth of gold imports and their implications. Wider issues relating to the role of the politics and politicians, decentralisation and institutions for management of common pool resources like water are also discussed. The concluding set of essays underscore the importance of reliable data for informed policymaking and public debate. Though the country’s statistical system leaves room for improvement in terms of coverage, quality and accessibility, the author emphasises the rich but grossly under-utilised potential of what is available for discriminating research and discusses ways to facilitate and promote such research.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /20 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 66
    ISBN 9789332701458
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Impact of American Investment in India

    A Socioeconomic Assessment

    Saon Ray‚ Smita Miglani‚ Neha Malik


    About the Book

    <p>India’s economic growth story in the past decade has invited a keen participation by the global investors, manifest in the increasing foreign direct investment flows to India especially, since the mid-2000s. Rise in the direct global inflows has ensured considerable direct as well as knock-on benefits to India. Investment by the United States has been prominent in this regard.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This study investigates the socioeconomic impact of American investment in India and identifies the challenges faced by the American investors. A multi-sector survey, based on in-person interviews with the key stakeholders, has been juxtaposed with relevant secondary data to elucidate the spillovers of the direct investment by the US. This may serve as an appealing read for an eclectic audience ranging from academia and research firms, consulting houses to university graduates.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /21 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 392
    ISBN 9788171889419
    INR 995
    Economics
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Two Decades of Economic Reforms

    Towards Faster, Sustainable and More Inclusive Growth

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>India has travelled through a remarkable journey in the last two decades. This book depicts the journey and the challenges ahead through the writings of eminent economists, scholars, policymakers and experts in respective fields.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>India has come a long way and today the world acknowledges this achievement but much more needs to be done on the ‘human face’ aspects of reforms which has been well covered in various papers in this book.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /22 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 658
    ISBN 9788171889396
    INR 1295
    In association with EPW Research Foundation
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Microfinance in India

    Issues, Problems and Prospects: A Critical Review of Literature

    S.L. Shetty


    About the Book

    <p>The study is an epitome of the mind-boggling flurry of literature on the subject of microfinance. But, it has gone far beyond the review of literature on the concept, country models and history of microfinance movement in India; it has provided a thematic work on the factual profiles of different microcredit programmes prevalent in the country and their progress, The book contains a very up-to-date review of the regulatory measures and their nuances and a detailed review of the evaluation and impact studies. The book also dwells on the limitations of the mFI movement to satisfy the credit needs of the vast informal sector enterprises which also seem to get generally neglected by the formal financial institutions. This has led the study to a review of the new initiatives which the authorities have taken under the broad theme of ‘financial inclusion.’ Keeping the broader objective of distributional goals embedded in the microfinance movement, the book attempts an assessment of the wider challenges faced by the financial system, and provides a dossier of suggestions for reaching out to the small and informal sectors on a more effective scale. As for the mFI movement itself, apart from bringing out it potentialities and also critiquing it, the study presents a set of suggestions for strengthening and expanding its role.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /23 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 222
    ISBN 9789332700123
    INR 995
    In association with CUTS International
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Growth and Equity

    Essays in Honour of Pradeep Mehta

    Nitin Desai‚ Rajeev D. Mathur (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume is a rich collection of analytical essays penned by those who have been closely associated with Pradeep worldwide. The broad message that comes from the contributions is the importance of open global trading systems, competitive and contestable markets domestically, coordination and regulation of national and global action on this, effective partnerships and representative global governance. The essays cover three main areas: Trade and Development, Competition and Economic Regulation and Governance. A thread that runs through the contributions is the importance of participatory citizenship and civil society activism. These are the areas in which Pradeep Mehta and CUTS have been most active over many decades and this Festschrift is truly an appropriate tribute to his commitment and dedication to the notion that every citizen is a consumer and every consumer is a citizen.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /24 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 306
    ISBN 9788171889228
    INR 1095
    In association with Skoch Group
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Policymaking for Indian Planning

    Essays on Contemporary Issues in Honour of Montek S. Ahluwalia

    Sameer Kochhar (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>A key figure in India's economic reforms from the early 1980s onwards, Montek Singh Ahluwalia's fingerprints can be found in policies from economics to education reform, and he has been a driving force in the liberalisation programme of the past 20 years or more. The Oxford-educated economist spent 11 years with the World Bank in Washington before returning to India in 1979 to work as an economic adviser to the government. His commitment to poverty alleviation and inclusive growth can be found in his early writings and as Deputy Chairman of the Planning Commission, he has managed to translate this into the country’s Plan process.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>He is also the harbinger of participatory planning wherein for the first time Planning Commission started inviting suggestions and feedback for the 12th Five Year Plan. This festschrift comprises a range of essays covering different drivers of economic growth and development, providing not only an insight into policymaking and its impact, but also directions for India if it is to become a major player in the global economy. This book is a must-read for students of development economics and political economy and is highly recommended for graduate students, academics and professionals interested in economic issues of developing countries.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /25 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 414
    ISBN 9789332700079
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Financial Reforms

    Priorities and Policy Thrust Post Global Financial Crisis

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>The Indian financial sector has seen wide ranging reforms during the last two decades. This edited volume comprising the writings of eminent economists, financial experts including top bankers, brings together at one place the story of India’s financial sector reforms—focusing on the unfinished agenda; the need for next generation of reforms; lessons and new responsibilities for central banks in view of the global financial crisis; the policy challenges arising from the new trilemma, that is, price stability, financial stability and sovereign debt sustainability; implications of Basel III and G-20; and, the issues and challenges pertaining to financial inclusion.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /26 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 162
    ISBN 9788171889686
    INR 595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Global Economic Meltdown

    Perspectives from India and EU

    Jayshree Sengupta (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>The Global Financial Crisis (GFC) of 2008 is widely recognised across the globe as the most severe economic downturn since the Great Depression. The prolonged global economic slow-down has stymied the US economy, brought the Eurozone to the precipice, and continues to retard growth momentum throughout the world. Even developing economies that were previously thought to be crisis-averse are now experiencing &nbsp;the rough waters after an economic tsunami.</p> <p><br /> The writers in this compendium address the many complexities of the GFC and present a holistic overview of its background, how it unfolded and how many of the nations sought to respond to it. This publication is unique in its approach of the crisis from a global perspective, with pieces focussing on India, Europe and the United States. Furthermore, the book provides a thorough examination of the economic, political, environmental and social implications of the crisis and offers glimpses of the road ahead, replete with policy recommendations for a more stable and prosperous future.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /27 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 176
    ISBN 9788171889938
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Aligning Economic and Social Goals in Emerging Economies

    Employment and Social Protection in Brazil, China, India and South Africa

    Gerry Rodgers (Ed.)

    In association with Institute for Human Development, New Delhi



    About the Book

    <p>One of the central dilemmas of development is how to ensure that growth is both rapid and equitable. Employment is the key, but the employment performance of most economies leaves a great deal to be desired. The bulk of the population in low- and medium-income countries continues to scrabble for casual work, in informal labour markets, at poverty-level incomes. Dealing with such vulnerabilities calls for effective systems of social protection. But in the developing world, only a minority, and usually a small minority of the population, is protected by formal social security mechanisms.</p> <p>Good economic performance in the last decade in the large emerging economies of Brazil, India, China and South Africa gives hope that solutions might be found. Each of these countries has tried to tackle these issues, applying different policies and encountering differing degrees of success. This book documents and compares their experiences. In particular, it highlights four challenges faced in all four countries: converting growth into employment; building good labour institutions; finding the right balance between social protection and job creation; and dealing with inequality.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /28 of 419
    Economics

    Hard cover • 2014
    Pages: 380
    ISBN 9789332701373
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Understanding the Emerging Contours of Power and Hegemony

    Contemporary Geo-political Narratives

    Angira Sen Sarma‚ Yury Byaly (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>India-Russia relations have withstood the test of time and both countries have remained important partners. Their bilateral ties had to be adjusted with the changing international milieu post Soviet disintegration. Today, the strategic partnership between the two countries covers a wide range of areas, including economic cooperation, science and technology, energy, space and defence, indicating the continuing strong ties between the two countries. The chapters in this volume discuss various issues of common concern like terrorism, radical Islam, non-proliferation, migration, climate change, drug trafficking and the international financial crisis. They also highlight the converging and diverging views of the two countries on global challenges like tensions in the Middle East and Afghanistan.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /29 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 102
    ISBN 9788171889303
    INR 1500

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    On the Turnpike

    Indian Economy Since 1947 & Indian Economic Service At 50

    T.C.A. Srinivasa-raghavan


    About the Book

    <p>On the Turnpike traces the origin and history of the Indian Economic Service and in the process provides fascinating glimpses into how economic policy in India was shaped, the drama behind the various Budgets, and the thinking and compulsions that led to key decisions being made. It also captures the personalities of the key players who shaped these policies.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book describes the circumstances under which the Cadre for advising and shaping economic policy under the Ministry of Finance was born, the contributions it has made, the challenges it has faced and the path ahead.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Those looking for a quick and comprehensible insights into the wisdom and follies of Indian economic policy over the last 60 years will find this book instructive and amusing.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /30 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 316
    ISBN 9788171889488
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Microfinance and Financial Inclusion

    S. Teki‚ R.K. Mishra


    About the Book

    <p>Financial inclusion is instrumental to the inclusive growth process and sustainable economic development of India. There has been increasing awareness and realisation that financial services hold the key to mainstreaming the poor and disadvantaged with the development of the country. Inadequacies in rural access to formal financial system and the seemingly extortionary terms of informal finance for the poor warrant a strong need and ample space for innovative approaches to serve the financial needs of India’s rural poor. Over the last decade and a half, toils have been made by government financial institutions, and NGOs, often in partnership, to develop new financial delivery approaches. Financial inclusion stands for provision of important financial services like credit, savings, insurance and remittances at an affordable cost to the disadvantaged, marginal and low-income groups across sections of the society. The primary goal of financial inclusion is to broaden the scope of activities of the formal financial system that could tag the poor people with low incomes into formal financial system in a gradual manner with focus on freeing the poor people from poverty.</p> <p><br /> The book has indeed come of age, and would become a significant source of work on microfinance and financial inclusion in India. This book is unique in that it combines financial inclusion, microfinance and special financial institutions striving for providing access to financial services to the poor. This aptly timed book will be relevant for the academic world, researchers, policymakers, government, business organisations, not for profit organisations and development thinkers.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /31 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2012
    Pages: 296
    ISBN 9788171889099
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    South-South Collaboration in Health Biotechnology

    Growing Partnerships Amongst Developing Countries

    Halla Thorsteinsdóttir (Ed.)

    In association with IDRC, Canada



    About the Book

    <p>The book South-South Collaboration in Health Biotechnology analyses collaboration among developing countries. It disseminates results from a large scale project on health biotechnology collaboration, involving six research groups based in Brazil, Canada, China, Egypt, India and Zambia led by the University of Toronto, Canada. It focuses both on health biotechnology collaboration in emerging economies such as China and India, and in lower income developing countries such as Bangladesh. The book provides a detailed analysis of collaboration between public sector institutions and of partnerships between firms in developing countries.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book will be of particular interest to the science, policy, academic and business communities worldwide, as well as to a general audience interested in development and innovation.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /32 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 508
    ISBN 9788171889235
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Regional Economy of India

    Growth and Finance

    Deepak Mohanty (Ed.)

    In association with Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai



    About the Book

    <p>It is increasingly recognised that to achieve inclusive growth and sustain growth momentum, regional economy is of critical importance. Given the divergence in growth potential, financial developments and inflation across regions in India, studies on regional economies become particularly relevant. This volume makes an attempt to place in public domain select work on various aspects of the regional economy by economists working in the central and regional offices of Reserve Bank of India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The papers find that while the share of agriculture has shrunk across the states, the share of services has risen sharply. However, industrial growth remains uneven. Urban-rural inequality has worsened. There is a need for concerted action on agricultural growth and infra-structure development besides increasing the penetration of formal financial sector to alleviate the constraints on growth and to control inflation. There is also need to prioritise expenditure towards social sector to develop the quality of the labour force and promote well-being.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume is aimed at stimulating further policy-oriented research on various aspects of regional economy as well as contributing to better policymaking.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /33 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 260
    ISBN 9789332701540
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Exploding Aspirations

    Unlocking India’s Future

    Rajiv Kumar


    About the Book

    <p>The book is a collection of Rajiv Kumar’s widely read and appreciated columns in some of India’s leading newspapers over the last two years. The volume includes a specially written Introduction that provides a sharp and candid insight into multiple policy failures of the UPA II government and lays out the reform agenda for the incoming BJP government. The articles provide an incisive analysis of India’s turbulent economic journey over the last three years as the country lost both its policy direction and economic momentum. The short essays provide a rare ringside view of policy making and all its frailties from an author who has established himself as one of the most widely read columnists in India.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /34 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 238
    ISBN 9788171889341
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Corporate Governance

    A Global Perspective

    R.K. Mishra‚ Stuart Locke‚ D. Geeta Rani (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Corporate governance is central to improving the performance of all institutions and not just commercial entities. All board members aside from their fiduciary or stewardship responsibilities to stakeholders have a much bigger potential. Transition to a corporate governance model that builds value rather than accepting complacency or defence of the status quo can make a very real difference to many, many people.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Business and wider-interest media have rightly commented on topics like challenges to the integrity of directors, the transparency of decisions and appointment of directors and directors' fee increases when performance of the entity has been less than satisfactory. Such issues need to be addressed but considered responses by regulators and professional associations alike need to be made within the context of sustainable long-term improvement in board performance.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Refreshingly, this is not another normative text on how to run meetings; it hits ‘bulls eye' that directors can make a very real difference to sustainable stakeholder welfare. The chapters in the book do traverse elemental building blocks like board structure, board size, diversity among others, emphasising the evidence from international empirical research into, does this make a difference and what is the consensus view, what is the right structure, right size, right level of diversity, etc. The significance of this volume lies in the underpinning rationale of achieving better governance.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /35 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 502
    ISBN 9789332700314
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India: Leading Issues in Economic Development

    R.K. Mishra (Ed.)

    In association with Institute of Public Enterprise, Hyderabad



    About the Book

    <p>Set up in May 1964, the Institute of Public Enterprise (IPE), enters its Golden Jubilee year in May 2013. During this Golden Journey, IPE has had the privilege of eminent scholars, policymakers and public enterprise CEOs delivering lectures under the auspices of the Lal Bahadur Shastri (LBS) and the Distinguished Lecture Series (DLS). The lectures have been delivered in the backdrop of the Global Context of India and the issues confronting India's development. The themes dealt with touch upon wide ranging issues starting from economic growth and outlook for India vis-à-vis China and Pakistan, India in the international economy, strategic management to make public enterprises globally competitive to the crisis in Indian education, emerging disparities in India and an economic analysis of Judicial activism.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The present volume incorporates seminal writings on public sector viz., public enterprises and evaluation, the future of public sector in India and emerging role of independent directors in the board room. The Golden Jubilee volume would be useful to policymakers, researchers, public sector executives and post graduate students in India and abroad.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /36 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2011
    Pages: 168
    ISBN 9788171888740
    INR 595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Many Futures of India

    Rajiv Kumar


    About the Book

    <p>The first decade of the new century has seen global attention turn to India and thankfully largely for positive reasons. The world seems to have recognised that 'Incredible India', the catchy byline propagated by the country's Ministry of Tourism, is not just a hyperbole but reflects the multifaceted achievements and features of this enigmatic country. The elephant it seems can dare to dance.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The set of essays in this volume by Rajiv Kumar, one of more established and appreciated economic columnists in the country, explore the different aspects of this theme of India's future prospects. The essays written in a crisp and readable style provide unique insights in the on-going transition in India from a person who has observed it at close quarters over the last three decades from several different perspectives.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The illustrations by Jennifer Williams offer another set of insights from a socially engaged artist who has used the sketches to highlight the complexity and diversity of the changing Indian reality.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /37 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2013
    Pages: 458
    ISBN 9788171889846
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Global Financial Crisis

    Challenges and Opportunities

    R.K. Mishra‚ K. Trivikram (Eds.)

    In association with IPE, Hyderabad



    About the Book

    <p>The Global Financial Crises (GFC) seems to have been more widespread than many other previous crises. Every segment of the global financial markets experienced tremors of the financial crisis, though at varying degrees. Interbank markets in western economies were the first to be affected with severe liquidity pressures as banks became reluctant to lend to each other on fear of counterparty risks.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The crisis evoked unprecedented policy responses, both domestically and internationally. Monetary authorities all over the world went far beyond their customary roles and resorted to aggressive monetary easing. The forceful and coordinated policy actions appear to have been successful in preventing a catastrophe. India could not remain unscathed and the global developments affected the financial and real activities in the second half of 2008-09. The present book focusses on how the GFC has impacted the outlook of the investment community and the various industry sectors in developed as well as developing countries. For this purpose, the book examines: (i) overall trends in various macroeconomic indicators and risk perceptions; (ii) foreign investment in emerging markets; and (iii) economy’s response to an emerging post-crisis investment landscape. Given the changing shape of the world economy, the book pays particular attention to the growing role of emerging developing economies like India in promoting global cross-border investment flows.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /38 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 374
    ISBN 9788171889525
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India Emerging

    The Reality Checks

    Veena Jha

    In association with IDRC, Canada



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /39 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 514
    ISBN 9789332701649
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Adjusting to Global Economic Volatility

    The Case of South Asia

    Mustafa K. Mujeri‚ Wahiduddin Mahmud (Eds.)

    In association with South Asia Network of Economic Research Institutes



    About the Book

    <p>In South Asia, the impact of global economic vulnerability has been felt mainly through finance, trade and investment channels affecting the performance of the real economy. The slowdown in growth of exports and remittances, and other associated changes in the domestic economies have resulted in lower growth. This has also had social implications through changes in household income, intra-household decisions and resource allocations creating adverse impact on food security, nutrition, education, health care as well as poverty dynamics and its intergenerational transmission.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>Adjusting to Global Economic Volatility: The Case of South Asia</em> attempts to answer three questions: a) How has South Asia been coping with the impacts of global economic vulnerability? b) What has determined the differential impact of various sectors to global economic and financial crisis? c) What demand- and supply-side bottlenecks need to be eased to meet the challenges of global vulnerability and how regional cooperation can help the countries going forward?</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Meeting the global volatility challenges calls for a reform agenda that cuts across both domestic economies as well as the framework for regional cooperation. It must also be recognised that regional cooperation is not easy, and implementation of required actions is frequently weak in South Asian countries having diverse backgrounds. Furthermore, effective regional cooperation and integration takes time to develop and requires incremental, gradual and flexible implementation with visible payoffs. Successful cooperation requires leadership. Development of regional resources can be one of the important areas to make progress, which creates opportunities for win-win outcomes and equitable sharing of benefits among all partners.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /40 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 400
    ISBN 9788171889112
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Mergers in India

    Exploiting Financial Synergies

    Paramjeet Kaur


    About the Book

    <p>In view of the restructuring of the Indian corporate sector in the form of mergers and acquisitions (M&amp;As), the book carries out an in-depth analysis of the mergers that have taken place in the Indian Drugs and Pharmaceutical Industry since 1990-1991. Using an innovative methodology the book answers two important questions: why some firms acquire? And why some get acquired? The author points out to the possibility of exploiting financial synergies between the acquiring and acquired firms through M&amp;As. The results corroborate that both size and profitability matter in the market for corporate control. Further, the contention that efficiency has no role to play is not supported by the analysis.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>In addition to this, the book provides a rigorous analysis of the nature of selection mechanism of mergers. It examines how acquired firms differ from the acquiring and also how participant firms are different from the non-participants. The findings reveal that long-term debt is a binding constraint for a non-acquiring firm to be an acquiring in the market.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book also includes an appraisal of the industrial and stock market reforms, where the concern over need for ‘takeover market in India’ is also developed. Apart from an issue-based comprehensive survey of literature on M&amp;As, the book also covers a systematic analysis of Indian trends along with detailed analysis of global trends in M&amp;As.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /41 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 278
    ISBN 9789332701489
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Understanding Global Economic Change and the Future of the Global Society

    José Miguel Andreu‚ Rita Dulci Rahman


    About the Book

    <p>In the last six and a half decades, the world has meaningfully changed, particularly, in relation to the acknowledgement of new needs of a collective nature, such as the provision of global public goods, the correction of global externalities and the reduction of the per capita income gap among nations. A major economic and political change in the world is underway with the shifting of the economic gravity centre of the world towards Asia. Although many recognise that we live today in a globalised world, few have accepted that we urgently need to institutionalise democratic global governance, capable of producing and enforcing, among others, global economic regulations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Also, as the need for more effective global governance will progressively be felt by a growing majority of the global society, the establishment of a new democratic UN and subordinated agencies will finally emerge.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>After carefully analysing the financial crisis starting in the USA in 2007 and moving to the European Union, and taking into consideration the current economic globalisation without global democratic governance, this book proposes the reorganisation of the United Nations on a democratic basis which will progressively induce the disappearance of hegemonic powers, and the reorganisation of the European Union by the creation of a selective Federation by 8 to 10 current members.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /42 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 670
    ISBN 9789332701618
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Financial Crises

    Causes, Consequences, and Policy Responses

    Stijn Claessens‚ M. Ayhan Kose‚ Luc Laeven‚ Fabián Valencia (Eds.)

    For Sale in South Asia Only



    About the Book

    <p>The 2007–09 global financial crisis saw colossal disruptions in asset and credit markets, massive erosions of wealth, and unprecedented numbers of bankruptcies. Its lingering effects are still visible in advanced economies and emerging markets alike—this shows a clear need to improve our understanding of financial crises. <em>Financial Crises: Causes, Consequences, and Policy Responses </em>fills a critical gap in the rich literature on the subject. It provides a broad overview of the current research and reviews typical patterns that precede crises, analyzes the evolution of these episodes, examines various policy responses, and studies the aftermath of these crises. The book features contributions from prominent scholars in the field and researchers at the IMF.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /43 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 1104
    ISBN 9789332701731
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence

    A Comprehensive and Critical Analysis of India’s Economy, 1947-2014

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)

    25th Ed.: 2014-15



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /44 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 552
    ISBN 9789332701670
    INR 745

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy

    Performance and Policies

    Uma Kapila

    15th Ed.: 2014-15



    About the Book

    <p>Here’s the new, 15th Edition of the widely accepted textbook (Indian economy paper) for B.Com (Hons.) based on new guidelines (restructured course), incorporating the latest readings recommened by the Department of Economics, University of Delhi, for the academic year 2014-15.<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under five sections:</span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>I. basic Issues in economic development: institutional framework and policy regimes;</p> <p>II. growth and distributional issues: poverty, inequality and employment;</p> <p>III. current perspectives in Indian agriculture: growth, productivity, constraints and pricing;</p> <p>IV. industry and services sector;</p> <p>V. financial sector and the external sector.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the original readings recommended for the new course, some of these being available in her edited books: Indian Economy Since Independence, 25th Ed. 2014-15 and Two Decades of Economic Reforms, 2012.&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">In the present volume, the author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. The book also carries a comprehensive Glossary.</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">Apart from undergraduate students, the book is widely used by students preparing for the IAS and other competitive examinations.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /45 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 154
    ISBN 9789332701793
    INR 1295
    (For Sale in South Asia Only)
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    OECD Economic Surveys

    INDIA: November 2014

    OECD



    About the Book

    <p><span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: arial, verdana, sans-serif; line-height: 18px; text-align: justify;">OECD's 2014 Economic Survey of India examines recent economic developments, policies and prospects. Special chapters cover health, the manufacturing sector and economic participation of women.</span></p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /46 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 1104
    ISBN 9789332701724
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence

    A Comprehensive and Critical Analysis of India’s Economy, 1947-2014

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)

    25th Ed.: 2014-15



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /47 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 348
    ISBN 9789332701779
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Development Perspectives

    Malcolm Adiseshiah Memorial Lectures

    R. Srinivasan (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>The book, a compilation of Malcolm Adiseshiah memorial lectures, gives a wide array of perspectives on India’s developmental process in the last few decades.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The contributors are distinguished scholars with expertise in the fields of economics, education, environment, history, political science, policy studies and sociology. The development perspectives presented in this volume differ not only in terms of the discipline in which the authors have had formal academic training, but also in terms of the inter-disciplinary approaches they have adopted to explore India’s development experience. The book mainly addresses issues relating to distributional aspects of growth and needed correction in the process of economic change that would take distributional justice in its stride. The free flowing style of presentation, without compromising on the rigour of analysis, will be attractive both for students and experts in social sciences.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /48 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 196
    ISBN 978933271748
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Corruption & Economic Growth

    B.K. Chaturvedi‚ Shekhar Chandra


    About the Book

    <p>The book examines the concept of corruption, its ethical interface and its measurement. It looks at economies of about 150 countries in different income groups and using cross-country regression analysis estimates how corruption impacts their economic growth. In the light of experience of some major global economies, it suggests a strategy for meeting the challenge of political and petty corruption.</p> <p>It identifies the drag effect of low incomes on ability of countries to lower corruption and focuses on centrality of growth for reducing corruption. It brings out criticality of systemic reforms especially of institutions, participation of community and its education. It strongly emphasises need for laws covering both corruption in the government and private companies, and a fair and independent investigating agency with quick trials of corrupt public servants. The book also gives a brief history of corruption in India, efforts made in recent years and the Lokpal act, with changes required in the current law to address corruption.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /49 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 228
    ISBN 9789332701861
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    MS Swaminathan in Conversation with Nitya Rao

    From Reflections on my Life to the Ethics and Politics of Science

    Nitya Rao (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>This book consists of two parts, written at different times and with different purposes. They are not sequential, yet belong together.&nbsp;The first tells the story of the life of M.S. Swaminathan, and his dream&nbsp;of securing human dignity through food sovereignty in India, and the second reflects on the implications and nuances of the story.</p> <p>The first part of the book is more biographical in nature; a large number of experiences throughout his life are discussed, not necessarily in chronological order. Part two, however, is more reflective in nature, and concerned with issues which had to be confronted in the course of his career. In this part, he reflects on how politics has influenced and shaped the course of agricultural &nbsp;development; and how different ethical stances, often in conflict, have come into play. This is not just a historical account, but equally valid in present times.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /50 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 220
    ISBN 9789332700147
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Quantifying Under-nutrition in Rural India

    Rekha Sharma


    About the Book

    <p>This book provides an insight into the problem of malnutrition in rural India and among its 15 major states. Specifically, it quantifies nutrient deprivation not only in terms of traditional approach—calorie and protein deficiency—but extends it to micronutrients—vitamins and minerals. Other studies attempting to quantify the micronutrient deficiencies in India have typically focused on their &nbsp;clinical and sub-clinical manifestations; studies that quantify the magnitude of deprivation in nutrient intakes <em>vis-à-vis</em> RDAs are rare having limited geographical coverage.</p> <p>Further, this study has analysed how the macro- and micro-nutrient intakes vary with income and how these are conditioned by education, occupational structure, household size and its composition, etc. It has also examined how the nutritional status of children under the age of 3 years varies with nutrient intake levels, socio-economic variables and environmental factors. It identifies key factors that are associated with the prevalence of underweight and anaemia among women and young children and also discusses the relevant policy implications. This is perhaps the first comprehensive analysis of micronutrient malnutrition in rural India using two rich data sets provided by NSSO and NFHS.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /51 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 245
    ISBN 9789332701656
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Corporate Governance, Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability Practices in Oil Companies

    Evidence from Emerging Nations

    R.K. Mishra‚ Stuart Locke


    About the Book

    <p>In recent years, corporate governance has gained tremendous importance and interest among emerging and developing countries due to the emergence of global norms for corporate governance and the developments brought about through globalisation concerning harmonisation of procedures and structures. However, there is a limited research and literature found on the topic compared to advanced economies. In 2013, for the first time, developing and emerging countries are projected to have bigger economies than advanced and developed countries. Although this is only true for GDP measured in purchasing power parity (PPP) terms, it is expected to set the trend for decades to come.&nbsp;</p> <p>Due to the increased importance of emerging economies and corporate governance, this book offers insight into various related issues in the public and private sector in the emerging economies, written from an academic perspective. It also touches on the issues of corporate fraud, forgery, debt, corruption and integrity in the world of corporate governance. The volume is intended for practitioners and aspiring practitioners who are interested in exploring the topic of corporate governance in the emerging economies.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /52 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2015
    Pages: 86
    ISBN 9789332703018
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Harnessing Indian Agriculture to Global Value Chain

    Prospects and Challenges

    Saubhik Deb‚ Parthapratim Pal


    About the Book

    <p>Indian agriculture is going through some fundamental changes. Over the last few years, increased private and public investments have boosted the growth rate of agriculture. However, in this sector, the level of value addition and extent of processing have still remained very low. Currently, India is going through rapid economic changes and there is a surge in demand for processed and packaged food items. As India is one of the world’s largest producers of fruit and vegetables, it also has the potential of emerging as a big sourcing country for the fast growing global &nbsp;food market.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book looks at the prospects and challenges faced by Indian agriculture in its pursuit to get better integrated with the local and global value chains. The study finds that economic liberalisation and new business practices are ushering some far-reaching changes in Indian agriculture. While on one hand, there is a perceptible increase in corporate involvement in agriculture, on the other &nbsp;there are also efforts to reorganise producers in various forms to integrate them better in more modern forms of agriculture. The government has initiated a number of schemes to improve processing and encourage value addition in the food processing sector. However, many of the erstwhile supply side issues persist. Extension services, R&amp;D services and government procurement systems need major overhaul. A longer-term and sustained policy push is required to make farmers and farming in India viable, sustainable and internationally competitive.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /53 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 446
    ISBN 9789332701830
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India's Development Story

    EDI-Two Hundredth Volume

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /54 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 394
    ISBN 9789332701823
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Colonisation

    A Comparative Study of India and Korea

    Vyjayanti Raghavan‚ R. Mahalakshmi (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume examines and compares the colonial experiences in the two countries, India and Korea. It juxtaposes some of the common issues faced by the two completely different subject countries colonised by two completely different colonial powers. It presents the processes of trade, the socio-economic changes and the political transformations that were taking place in the two colonies.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book is the first of its kind and it opens up several topics for future comparative research. Some of the topics included are: aspects of social change and social transformation, colonialism and Indian development, modern Korean nationalism, China and Chinese in colonial Korea, anti-colonial movements and other aspects of colonialism in India and Korea.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /55 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2012
    Pages: 247
    ISBN 9788171889532
    INR 895
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    International Monetary Fund

    Growth Resuming, Dangers Remain

    International Monetary Fund


    Contents in detail
  • Economics /56 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2012
    Pages: 500
    ISBN 9788171889570
    INR 795.00
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Moving out of Poverty

    Volume 3—The Promise of Empowerment and Democracy in India

    Deepa Narayan


    About the Book

    <p>The Moving Out of Poverty series presents the results of new comparative research across more than 500 communities in 15&nbsp;<br /> countries on how and why poor people move out of poverty. The findings lay the foundations for new policies that will promo<br /> te inclusive growth and just societies, and move millions out of poverty.</p>

    Praise for this book

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /57 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2011
    Pages: 180
    ISBN 9788171888344
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    How India's Small Towns Live (or Die)

    Making Sense of Muncipal Finances

    Paromita Shastri


    About the Book

    <p>By 2040, over half of India's population will live in cities and towns. How many of them will live in slums? To prevent intense migration pressure on the handful of metros and state capitals and the resulting urban dehumanisation, policymakers must urgently focus on reviving India's small towns and big villages. Yet, most small town municipalities are in shambles; they lack resources, planning, data, maps, incentives and proper accounting. Corruption and power politics dog them, and citizens have no say or role in their running<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">.</span></p> <p><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">&nbsp;</span></p> <p>This book looks at the kaleidoscope of municipal finance issues in India, keeping the small towns at the core, and argues for a radical change in the constitution and working of these municipalities, with effective devolution of funds, functions, and functionaries from the state level. It contends that municipal bodies need to function independently and with real participation of citizens to be the force of change that gives birth to a new urban India.&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /58 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2011
    Pages: 336
    ISBN 9788171888665
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Growth & Finance

    ESSAYS IN HONOUR OF C. RANGARAJAN

    Sameer Kochhar


    About the Book

    <p>In this timely book—a festschrift for Dr. C. Rangarajan—top experts, policymakers and economists offer their assessments&nbsp;<br /> of India’s performance in the area of economic and financial reforms and analyse the successes and continued challenges.&nbsp;<br /> It provides an insight into critical macroeconomic and macro-finance issues of today. The book covers a broad set of topics,&nbsp;<br /> including fiscal, monetary and external sector policies, drivers of banking and financial growth, infrastructure and financial inclusion.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>A strategy of gradual economic liberalisation combined with risk-averse prudential regulation in the banking and financial&nbsp;<br /> sector helped limit India’s exposure to the recent financial crises and the subsequent global economic slowdown.&nbsp;<br /> The improved economic performance in recent years encouraged the country to become more globally and regionally integrated.<br /> This process is unlikely to be reversed by the current global economic slowdown, given the economic and strategic benefits&nbsp;<br /> India has derived so far.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The authors in this festschrift share a critical, but overall positive, view of the country’s future and outline&nbsp;<br /> several areas and recommendations for bettering the lives of citizens. Empirically rich and topically diverse,<br /> &nbsp;the book is broad in scope and full of deep analytic insights and will serve as a useful reference and planning tool&nbsp;<br /> for administrators, planners, policymakers and students of development economics, monetary economics and finance.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /59 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2010
    Pages: 318
    ISBN 9788171888061
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Financial Policies and Everyday Life

    The Indian Context

    S.S. Tarapore


    About the Book

    <p>After a long career in central banking, the distinguished economist S.S. Tarapore&nbsp;<br /> has been writing columns in financial dailies. There was a felt need to reach out to a&nbsp;<br /> wider audience in a regional language. During the period October 2005-August 2008,&nbsp;<br /> he turned to writing a regular column in the widely circulating Gujarati newspaper, the Divya Bhaskar.<br /> &nbsp;This volume brings to the English speaking readers, for the first time, his writings in&nbsp;<br /> the Divya Bhaskar on monetary, fiscal, banking and external sector management, but essentially from&nbsp;<br /> the viewpoint of the aam aadmi. The volume would be of interest to the general reader who wishes to&nbsp;<br /> stay abreast of developments in financial policies and it would also be of interest to policymakers,<br /> &nbsp;opinion makers, bankers, academics and students.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /60 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2010
    Pages: 590
    ISBN 9788171888092
    INR 1895.00

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Population, Gender and Health in India

    METHODS, PROCESSES AND POLICIES

    K.S. James‚ Arvind Pandey‚ Dhananjay W. Bansod‚ Lekha Subaiya (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Demographic processes and health outcomes are highly gendered in India. At the same time, studies on the impact of gender on demography and health issues are scarce and the impact of demographic changes on gender is nearly nonexistent. Mere recognition of the gender issues does not provide policy guidance to make appropriate changes in the programmes. This calls for innovative methods to understand demographic changes, health scenario and gender systems and also a critical analysis of various public interventions. India is also experiencing rapid demographic changes in recent years which will have definite implications for demographic pattern, gender system, health progress and governmental policies and programmes. There are several policy and programmatic interventions to generate conducive demographic and health changes through gender equity.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume brings together contributions from scholars on demographic changes, gender and health system and health policies and programmes in India. It highlights achievements and challenges facing the country in the area of population, gender and health in different settings. It also brings up new methods of analysing the relationship. This volume, undoubtedly, will be a useful guide to students, researchers and policy makers in India and across the world.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /61 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2004
    Pages: 338
    ISBN 8171883923
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Poverty and Economic Reforms

    The Social Concerns

    Gurdip Singh Aurora (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>This book is based on research carried out in a few villages in South India, when they were at the threshold of their economies and society being exposed to new economic order. The chief concern was to examine the impact of the economic reforms on the poor with a focus on levels and intensity of poverty, social dimensions of deprivation, food security and the role of MNCs. The research itself was carried out with the active involvement of voluntary organisations engaged in helping the poor to combat several evils including that of poverty.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume brings together several essays by specialists such as, V.M. Rao, Thomas Paul, B.P. Vani, K. Gayithri, M. Indira, besides a co-authored essay by the late professor M.N. Srinivas.</p> <p><br /> This volume is expected to be of help not only to academicians, policy makers, but also to voluntary organisations and other activists engaged in understanding the responses of the poor to the sweeping economic changes.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /62 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2004
    Pages: 358
    ISBN 8171883664
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Morality of Markets

    Parth J Shah (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Morality of Markets presents a unique compilation of essays by distinguished economists, ethicists, and theologians that explores the moral and ethical foundations of the free market.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book overwhelmingly supports the fundamental morality of markets and the general immorality of government interventions in capitalist act among consenting adults. The notion that private property and market exchanges are inherently unjust is systematically disproved, both from the economic and philosophical perspective.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The essay comprehensively address critical issues ranging from the underlying ethics of voluntary exchange, morality in commerce and corporation, the immorality of state intervention, and the role of markets in the teaching of major world religions.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Gurcharan Das is his foreword underscores the relevance of this approach:</p> <p>"Our animus against capitalism may have diminished after communism's fall; increasingly, some Indians may also agree that markets do indeed deliver greater prosperity; but most Indian still think that capitalism is not a moral system."</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Hence this book is timely. We have already tasted significant benefits of competition inn recent years; we have also experienced enough economic liberty for a decade to be more receptive to the ideas of this book."</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> <strong>Snippets&nbsp;From&nbsp;The&nbsp;Book....</strong></p> <p><br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> "In an ideal free market resting on private property, no individual can coerce any other, all cooperation is voluntary, all parties to such cooperation benefit or they need not participate."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Milton&nbsp;Friedman</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"... there is no way to dispensing with the institution of market in general as a powerful engine of economic progress."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Amartya&nbsp;Sen</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"The challenge is to convince people that a majority vote does not establish morality and that free markets are morally superior to other forms of human organisation."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Walter&nbsp;E Williams</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"A society built on libertarian foundations is a society marked by peace, harmony, liberty, maximum utility for all, and progressive improvement in living standards."<br /> &nbsp;<strong>- Murry&nbsp;N Rothbard</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"... the role of government is not to legislate morality - an impossible and dangerous goal - or even to "empower people"; the role of the government is to allow people the freedom to grow into responsible citizens and to exercise their inalienable rights."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- James&nbsp;A Dorn</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"...government regulations constitutes a morally impermissible incapacitation of some people as moral agents, undermines their distinctive human nature, and violates their basic human rights. It is, in short, a form of injustice."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Tibor&nbsp;Machan</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"The 21st century will be the century of the universal middle class. It will exhibit the bourgeois virtues."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Tibor&nbsp;Machan</strong></p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /63 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2003
    Pages: 738
    ISBN 8171882900
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India's Development Scenario

    Next Decade and Beyond....(A Set of 2 Volumes)

    K.C. Pant (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> There has been a tendency in recent years to treat the development strategy followed by India for the first forty odd years after independence as an undifferentiated continuum. Nothing could be farther from the truth, points out K.C. Pant. He emphasises that India’s development strategies have evolved from Plan to Plan in response to the objective conditions of the economy and some of these changes have been strikingly bold and original, others more modest; but change there has been.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Right since independence, we have equated development with industrialisation. The role of the agricultural sector in generating demand for industrial goods, through a wide dispersal of purchasing power, has been seriously under-estimated in the past. It is now clear that unless the incomes of the majority of our people who are engaged in agriculture grow rapidly, acceleration in the growth of industry and most services will simply not be possible. Therefore, unless our agricultural sector grows sufficiently fast, we face the spectre of growing unemployment and of even greater underemployment of our work force. This would place an intolerable burden on the fabric of our society and may eventually thwart all our development efforts.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The Tenth Five Year Plan, therefore, reflects a subtle shift in our development perspective. The agricultural sector can no longer be treated as being a residual or peripheral component of our growth path, but must take centre-stage of all our development efforts. Our experience since the mid-1980s, and more particularly since the initiation of economic reforms in the early 1990s, strongly indicates that the Indian industrial sector has reached a stage of maturity whereby it no longer requires focussed attention of the Government, whether for promotion or protection. But the quality of governance has deteriorated so much that the Planning Commission now considers governance as one of the most important constraint to growth, and a separate chapter is being devoted to this issue in the Tenth Plan.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This publication – a set of two volumes authored by none other than K.C. Pant (Deputy Chairman Planning Commission, Government of India) – provides an all comprehensive picture of India’s development experience during the last 50 years of planning and a vision for the future. Ninety-six chapters, in eleven sections, covering both the ‘macro aspects’ and ‘sectoral aspects’ of development, provide the reader insights into the development experience of the Indian Economy, particularly since the period of economic reforms, and also a vision for the next decade and beyond.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /64 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2002
    Pages: 440
    ISBN 8171882663
    INR 1400

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Economy in the 21st Century

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /65 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2002
    Pages: 440
    ISBN 8171882663
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Economy in the 21st Century

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /66 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2012
    Pages: 234
    ISBN 9788171889693
    INR 895
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic and Social Survey of Asia and the Pacific 2012

    Pursuing Shared Prosperity

    United Nations


    About the Book

    <p>The Asia-Pacific region continues to face a deeply challenging external environment. The V-shaped recovery from the depths of the 2008-2009 global financial crisis in 2010 proved to be short-lived, as the world economy entered the second stage of the crisis in 2011, due to euro zone debt concerns and the continued uncertain outlook for the United States economy. The region will be affected by slackening demand for its exports and higher costs of capital, as well as by loose monetary policies and trade protection measures of some advanced economies.</p> <p><br /> Despite the slowdown, Asia and the Pacific remains the fastest growing region globally. It also serves as an anchor of stability and has emerged as a growth pole for the world economy. South-South trade with Asia and the Pacific in 2012 will help other developing regions, such as Africa and Latin America, further reduce their dependence on low-growth developed economies.</p> <p><br /> Another key challenge for the Asia-Pacific region is volatile and high commodity prices, which are likely to become the "new normal" of the global economy. The commodity boom presents risks as well as opportunities. Price shifts will change incentives, but the cautionary message is that less-developed economies should resist the impulse towards commodity specialization, which, in turn, can delay industrialization and economic diversification.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The 2012 edition of the oldest and most comprehensive annual review of development in this vast and diverse region, the Economic and Social Survey of Asia and the Pacific highlights critical challenges and options for policymakers. These include the need to better manage the balance between growth and inflation; coping with capital flows and exchange rate volatility; addressing jobless growth and unemployment; and tackling serious and growing inequalities.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Turbulence and volatility generate uncertainty. In these challenging times, the Survey 2012 can serve as a important resource to achieve more resilient, inclusive and sustainable development for Asia and the Pacific.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /67 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2012
    Pages: 60
    ISBN 9788171889617
    INR 595
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Regional Economic Outlook

    Asia and Pacific ,Managing Spilllovers And Advancing Economic Rebalancing (APRIL 2012)

    International Monetary Fund


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)
  • Economics /68 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 420
    ISBN 9789332701519
    INR 1595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Blue Economy

    200 Projects Implemented US$ 4 Billion Invested 3 Million Jobs Created

    Gunter Pauli


    About the Book

    <p>The Blue Economy takes readers beyond the obvious and aims to wake up the entrepreneur in all of us. The innovations it explores are founded in solid science and demonstrated by multiple platforms. Committed grass-roots entrepreneurs worldwide can realise triple cash flow using open-source innovations that create competitive business models. This book will encourage thousands and perhaps millions of us to apply a Blue Economy business model that will shift us from scarcity to abundance.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /69 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2003
    Pages: 348
    ISBN 8171883370
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Reports on Investment Approval and FDI in India

    Economica India


    About the Book

    <p>OREIGN Direct Investment (FDI) today is seen as an instrument to facilitate and support domestic investment for achieving a higher Flevel of economic development, since it benefits both the domestic industry as well as the consumer, by providing opportunities for technological upgradation, access to global managerial skills and practices, optimal utilisation of human and natural resources, making industry internationally competitive, opening up export markets, providing backward and forward linkages and access to international quality goods and services. In the wake of current era of globalisation a transnational economic regime has emerged. With the establishment of a global economic order in the form of World Trade Organisation (WTO), the nations of the world have moved towards integrating their economies.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The economic activities in any country need substantial investments and the FDI tends to bridge the investment-saving gap to achieve sustained growth. Besides the long-term additional capital that it brings in, FDI also tends to facilitate upgradation and transfer of technology and introduction of modern<br /> production and management practices.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>It has been observed that liberalization of the economic policy and changes in the structure of the economy has not translated fully into attracting greater investments due to a variety of reasons. Existing procedures of project formulation, appraisal &amp; approval particularly for government projects, inadequacies in the existing management system and inadequate skills in project formulation, appraisal and management are some of the major reasons behind delays in the investment approvals and implementation of projects.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Various studies have shown that complexities in the approvals required for primary resources like land, power, etc., multiplicity of approvals, disproportionate level of details sought with applications are among the&nbsp;major difficulties in the implementation of projects. Many approvals also do not seem to serve any public interest. Recent studies have shown that, while&nbsp;handling of approvals at Central level has registered a marked improvement, state level handling of approvals and reducing ground level hassles have emerged as important issues.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>There is also a need to align the FDI reporting system with the international reporting practices so as to facilitate proper international comparisons in respect of FDI flows. &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">This publication brings together the following important reports relating to reforming investment approval and procedures and Foreign Direct Investment:</span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>• Report on Reforming Investment Approval and Implementation Procedures<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Part I: Investment Approval Procedures – Government and<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Public Sector Projects (Secretariat for Industrial<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Assistance; May 2002)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Part II: Downstream Issues – Implementation and Operation<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; (Secretariat for Industrial Assistance; November 2002)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>• Parliamentary Standing Committee Report on Foreign</p> <p>&nbsp; Direct Investment&nbsp;(Rajya Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi, May 2003)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>• Report of the Committee on Compilation of Foreign Direct Investment</p> <p>&nbsp; in&nbsp; India (Reserve Bank of India; October, 2002)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>• Technical Monitoring Group on Foreign Direct Investment: First Action<br /> &nbsp; Taken Report (Reserve Bank of India; June, 2003)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>We hope all these relevant reports put together will prove handy and useful to the readers interested in the subject.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /70 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2003
    Pages: 605
    ISBN 8171882943
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Reports on India's Tax Reforms

    Economica India


    About the Book

    <p>Reports of the Task Force on Direct Taxes<br /> Chairman : Vijay L. Kelkar, Ministry of Finance &amp; Company Affairs,<br /> Govt. of India, December 27, 2002</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Reports of the Task Force on Indirect Taxes<br /> Chairman : Vijay L. Kelkar, Ministry of Finance &amp; Company Affairs,<br /> Govt. of India, December 26, 2002</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Advisory Group on Tax Planning and Tax Administration for the Tenth Plan<br /> Chairman : Parthasarthy Shome, Planning Commission, Govt. of India,<br /> May 2001</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of Tax Reforms Committee - I<br /> (summary) Chairman : Raja J. Chelliah, 1992</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Tax Reforms Committee - II<br /> (summary) Chairman : Raja J. Chelliah, 1993</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Consultation Papers :<br /> Task Force on Direct Taxes and Indirect Taxes (Full Text)<br /> Chairman : Vijay L. Kelkar, Ministry of Finance &amp; Company Affairs,<br /> Govt. of India, November 2, 2002</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Indian Public Finance Statistics : 2001-02<br /> Ministry of Finance, Government of India, June 2002</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /71 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 268
    ISBN 8171884741
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Report of the Finance Commissions of India

    Economica India


    About the Book

    <p>The present volume carries complete Report of the Twelfth Finance Commission, except Appendices and Annexures — which are placed in the accompanying CD-ROM that additionally features the essentials, namely, Introduction and the Summary of Recommendations of all the previous reports of the earlier Finance Commissions (First to the Eleventh).</p> <p><br /> This publication, for the first time, brings together at one source, the invaluable contributions of all the Finance Commissions of India till date — spanning more than half a century of fiscal federalism in India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This publication comprises:</p> <p>Report of the Twelfth Finance Commission (2005-10)<br /> November 2004;<br /> <strong>Chairman: DR. C. RANGARAJAN<br /> (the complete report)</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>plus</em><br /> the 'essentials' such as the Introduction and the Summary of Recommendations of all the earlier Finance Commission reports (First to the Eleventh):</p> <p><br /> Report of the First Finance Commission, 1952 - Chairman : Shri K.C. Neogy</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Second Finance Commission, 1957 - Chairman : Shri K. Santhanam</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Third Finance Commission, 1961 - Chairman : Shri Ashok Kumar Chanda</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Fourth Finance Commission, 1965 - Chairman : Dr. P.V. Rajamannar</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Fifth Finance Commission, 1969 - Chairman : Shri Mahavir Tyagi</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Sixth Finance Commission, 1973 - Chairman : Shri K. Brahmananda Reddi</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Seventh Finance Commission, 1978 - Chairman : Shri J.M. Shelat</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Eighth Finance Commission, 1984 - Chairman : Shri Y.B. Chavan</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Ninth Finance Commission, 1990 - Chairman : Shri N.K.P. Salve</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Tenth Finance Commission, 1995 - Chairman : Shri K.C. Pant</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Report of the Eleventh Finance Commission, 2000 - Chairman : Prof. A.M. Khusro</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /72 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2007
    Pages: 654
    ISBN 8171886132
    INR 1895
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The World Economy

    Angus Maddison


    About the Book

    <p>The World Economy brings together two major reference works by Angus Maddison: The World Economy: A Millenial Perspective, first published in 2001 and The World Economy: Historical Statistics, published in 2003.<br /> This new edition contains Statlinks, a service providing access to the underlying data in Excel® format. The World Economy is a “must” for scholars and students of economics and economic history as well as for statisticians, while the casual reader will find much of fascinating interest.<br /> Written by the distinguished economic historian, Angus Maddison, together, the two volumes (bound-in-one) comprising The World Economy, hold authoritative analysis along with extensive supporting data on a global level for the growth and performance of various economies across the world, over a very large span of time. They undoubtedly provide answers to many a big question and promise to offer clues to still unanswered paradoxes. This ‘only one of its kind’ publication is made more attractive in the present format (‘two-in-one edition’, hard cover) that is sure to be a valuable addition to any library, personal or otherwise.<br /> The first volume provides a comprehensive view of the growth and levels of world population since the year 1000, when rich countries of today were poorer than Asia and Africa. It is a pioneering effort to quantify the economic performance of nations over the very long term, identifying forces which explain the success of the rich countries, and exploring the obstacles that hindered advance in less developed regions.<br /> In the second volume, Angus Maddison offers a rare insight into the history and political influence of national accounts and national accounting. Based on revised and updated population estimates for 1950-2003 and GDP and per capita GDP estimates for 1820 to 2001, he demonstrates that such statistical data can shed light on the analysis of economic phenomena like growth, market formation and income distribution. This approach is particularly interesting for developing countries often lacking the expertise or data to produce good national accounts. It also serves as a reminder for OECD countries that effective policy making depends on verifiable economic data.<br /> The World Economy is a monumental work of reference and a “must” for all scholars and students of economics and economic history, as well as a mine of fascinating facts for everyone else. An attractive feature of this new edition is the inclusion of Statlinks, which provide access to the underlying data in Excel® format.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /73 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2003
    Pages: 504
    ISBN 8171882870
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India's Economic Reforms and Development

    A. Vaidyanathan


    About the Book

    <p>Rapid economic growth and eradication of abject poverty have been the core concerns of India’s polity and government throughout the last five decades. Coordinated planning with the state playing the leading role in initiating and regulating the process of development in pursuit of these objectives has been a distinctive feature. Specific targets, perceptions of the problems involved and their solutions have been changing over time. The essays in this collection provide an overview of evolution of this process culminating in the far-reaching reorientation of strategy and policies during the nineties and a critical assessment of their rationale, implementation and impact from the political economy perspective.</p> <p><br /> The essays are divided into two sections : Those in the first part, mostly written in the nineties, focus on key elements of overall development strategy being pursued from the early nineties, the rationale and the thrust of the structural adjustment package soon after it was unveiled by Dr. Manmohan Singh, issues relating to subsidies and foreign direct investment and broader issues of the role of the state generally and of planning in particular in the changed context.</p> <p><br /> The lead piece in this section pulls together the assessment of different aspects and attempts an overall assessment of the antecedents of the reforms of the nineties, their halting and meandering course and the reasons for their less-than-expected achievements. It also reflects on the prospects for the future.</p> <p><br /> Selections in the second section spanning over a much longer period discuss issues relating to poverty — concepts, data and measurement and regional variations, evolution of poverty alleviation programmes, critical commentary on their design, implementation and measures to improve their efficacy.<br /> The general thrust of the essays is critical of the design and implementation of the reform package and skeptical of its impact on growth and socio-economic inequality.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /74 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2004
    Pages: 203
    ISBN 8171883575
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Reforms Sans Development

    N.A. Mujumdar


    About the Book

    <p>The author argues, the emphasis of reforms seems to be on exhibiting the form of the textbook characteristics of a liberalised, and open economy, at the cost of the substance of development : reduce State intervention and involvement &nbsp;in economic activities, usher in market-driven economy abolish all subsidies including food and interest rate subsidies to the poor, and let the poor fend for themselves and so on. In the hierarchy of priorities of contemporary Indian policy makers, for instance, privatisation has gained ascendancy over poverty reduction. Economic reforms have thus become empty rhetorics so far as the attainment of end-objectives of development is concerned.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The bunch of 33 selected articles brought together in this book seeks to provide concrete evidence in support of this central theme. The discussion also sketches the broad contours of policy correctives that are needed if the substance of development is to be retained as an important ingredient in the macroeconomic policy mix.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The discussion in the book is organised around seven aspects :<br /> Macro Prospective of Growth,<br /> Monetary and Credit Policies,<br /> Banking and Savings,<br /> Utilisation of Forex Reserves,<br /> Crisis of Capitalism,<br /> Fiscal Policies, and<br /> Hunger, Poverty and Rural Development</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /75 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD ROM • 2006
    Pages: 390
    ISBN 8171885810
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Economy : A Journey in Time and Space

    EDI - Hundredth Volume

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume includes contributions by some of the most distinguished economists/experts and provides rare insights into India's development journey through time and space—the successes and failures, and the new challenges emerging from integration with the world economy. Opportunities offered by the forces of globalisation offer India immense scope to improve the quality of life of its people provided appropriate policies are put in place.</p> <p><br /> India's Economy: A Journey in Time and Space, is the hundredth volume of Economic Developments in India. This is a selection of 20 articles from over 500 published in Economic Developments in India since its inception in 1998 upto December 2005. This volume, in three sections, covers the most vital issues relating to the journey: (i) Growth, Poverty and Reforms (ii) Globalisation and (iii) Sectoral Developments: Agriculture, Industry, Financial and External Sectors. The general message which emerges is that India's future problems are no doubt large but manageable. In this context, the book examines the challenges ahead, outlines policies, and identifies lacunae in their implementation, which lie at the root of most of the difficulties facing the nation today. Covering a broad range of critical issues, the book will be of interest to policy-makers, researchers, students of Indian economy and India-watchers.</p> <p><br /> "The list of contributors includes some of our most distinguished and eminent economists. Each one of them has contributed immensely to the analysis of India's economic condition and to policy formulation in their respective areas of expertise. The theoretical and empirical work of the authors is recognised internationally as having contributed to the development of the discipline of economics... The fact that 100th volume of 'Economic Developments in India' is being published is a testimony to the popularity of this series."<br /> <strong>— Dr. Manmohan Singh&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Prime Minister of India; a distinguished economist and widely acclaimed as the 'principal architect' of India's economic reforms.</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Commenting on the EDI series (of which this is the 100th volume): "Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) is brought out every month and covers the latest developments in Indian economy..... Volume after volume, month after month, it has contributed immensely towards disseminating high quality academic writings and other important literature on various aspects of India's economy...... It will not be an exaggeration if I say, I cannot find any parallel to this publication. It is indeed a unique ready reference resource.<br /> <strong>— C. Rangarajan&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Chairman, Prime Minister's Economic Advisory Council, Government of India; former Governor, Reserve Bank of India; former Chairman, Twelfth Finance &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Commission.</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /76 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2003
    Pages: 180
    ISBN 8171883206
    INR 245

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India's Economy Some Issues and Answers

    Shankar Acharya


    About the Book

    <p>“Shankar Acharya takes us effortlessly and yet with great analytical skill through some of the most critical economic problems facing the country. As a key insider until recently, he speaks with authority conveying his perspectives and concerns with a refreshing frankness, all of which makes this elegantly written book a lasting contribution to the study of India’s economic problems and prospects in the first years of the millenium.”<br /> <strong>Montek S. Ahluwalia</strong><br /> Former Finance Secretary, Government of India</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“Dr. Shankar Acharya is a distinguished economist, a keen observer of current affairs and a persuasive writer. Marked by analytical rigour, his articles offers an incisive commentary on economic events. With a subtle sense of humour and sarcasm, he drives home his points effectively. His articles cover a wide range of topics, all of which should go to enhance the ‘economic common sense’ in our country.”<br /> <strong>C. Rangarajan</strong><br /> Chairman, Twelfth Finance Commission;<br /> Former Governor, Reserve Bank of India</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“Dr. Shankar Acharya writes lucidly, and brings admirable judgement to the key macro-issues of the day. His book should be required reading for all policy-makers. The non-specialist reader will find in these pages easy entry into the debate on economic reform.”<br /> <strong>T.N. Ninan</strong><br /> Editor, Business Standard, New Delhi</p> <p><br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> Has India's economic growth slowed down in the last five years? If so, why? What should be done to revive Industry ? Why is Agriculture limping and how can the sector be revitalized? Can the Services sector alone assure fast economic growth for the country? Is the Tenth Plan growth target of 8 percent per annum achievable? Or is it a pie in the sky? What's wrong with our Health services? Do fiscal deficits hurt growth? How? How much damage did the last Pay Commission wreak? What can Governments do to improve the nation's fiscal health? Did the last Budget help or hinder progress? What's the best recipe for tax reform? What's wrong with our banking system? What should we do to fix it? Why is foreign investment lukewarm to India? What must we do to change that? Are we serious about reaping the fruits of Globalization? Why are our external finances strong when domestic finances are weak? Can good economic policies be crafted without good technocrats? What's the solution to urban decay?</p> <p>These are all important and live issues in today's India. This book offers some answers.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /77 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 352
    ISBN 817188430X
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Aspects of India's Economic Growth and Reforms

    R. Nagaraj


    About the Book

    <p>R Nagaraj, a development economist well-known for his research and analytical writings on industrial development, economic growth and reforms in India, has compiled the present volume, offering readers some of his important writings on the subject. Studies included in this volume, carried out over a decade, represent an effort to grapple with a few contemporary issues of economic growth, industrial change and policy initiatives in India. These studies are motivated by the desire to carefully examine some of the widely held propositions on the aggregate and sectoral economic performance, premises of a few reform measures and the outcome of some aspects of the economic reforms initiated in the 1990s.</p> <p><br /> A crisp Introduction by the author provides a brief background to these studies, situates them in the relevant literature and indicates how they contributed to the ongoing discourse on economic analysis and policy. The two abiding concerns in these studies are (i) to examine the quality of statistics employed as they could have a bearing on research findings and their interpretation, and (ii) to provide analyses of a relatively long period to eschew hasty inferences from limited observations.</p> <p><br /> Aspects of India’s Economic Growth and Reforms promises to be a valuable reference for all concerned—students, economists and policymakers alike.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /78 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2004
    Pages: 652
    ISBN 8171883583
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Agenda for improving Governance

    Bibek Debroy (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>This collection of papers is about governance, variously defined and interpreted. Taken collectively, these sixteen papers set out the reform agenda for governance, or alternatively, for the role of the State. This is a critical subset of second or third generation reforms. If this agenda is implemented, the 2020 dream will materialize sooner rather than later.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /79 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 439
    ISBN 8171884202
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy and Society in the Era of Globalisation and Liberalisation

    Essays In Honour Of Prof A M Khusro

    C.H. HANUMANTHA Rao‚ B.B. Bhattacharya‚ N.S. Siddharthan (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The late eminent economist A.M. Khusro was a Professor at the Institute of Economic Growth right from its inception, and his association with the IEG continued till the end. As a token of gratitude, the members of the IEG family decided to pay an affectionate tribute to the departed colleague and teacher by bringing out a volume containing research papers pertaining to several themes that were cherished and valued by him.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>All the contributors to this volume have been members of IEG’s faculty/alumnus and have made important contributions in the respective field during their affiliation to the IEG. The themes covered in this volume include topics on which Prof. Khusro had worked and also emerging research areas where he wished to see the involvement of IEG’s faculty. The themes included in this volume cover both — established as well as new areas of research, and are presented together in six sections :</p> <p><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; • Agriculture, Land Reforms and Anti-Poverty Programmes<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; • Environment<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; • Globalisation, Liberalisation and Trade<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; • Macro Models and Growth,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; • Population<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; • Secularism and Religion</p> <p><br /> The volume begins with Agriculture, Land Reforms and Anti-Poverty Programmes as Prof. Khusro began his career at IEG, investigating these problems. He retained his interest in these areas, in particular, on issues relating to poverty. The next theme on Environment is closely related to the broad theme, Agriculture and Poverty. The papers included under this relate to newly emerging interdisciplinary research focusing on ecology, economics and environment, gender and community forestry, and the cleaning of our rivers. Environment is one of the two themes in which Prof. Khusro wanted the IEG to expand its research activities. The other theme is Globalisation, Liberalisation and Trade. The papers included in this section deal with the impact of liberalisation and the World Trade Organisation regime on the quantity and quality of foreign direct investments, exports, productivity, and growth of firms.</p> <p><br /> The next three themes viz. Macro Models and Growth, Population and Secularism and Religion are areas where IEG has a tradition of undertaking several important research studies with distinction since its very inception. However, over the years the focus on these themes has changed and papers included in this volume reflect that change. Studies on secularism and religion were always close to Prof. Khusro’s heart.</p> <p><br /> We hope, the essays in this volume would stimulate interest in research and will prove useful not only to policymakers and researchers but also to students interested in these varied themes.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /80 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2004
    Pages: 208
    ISBN 8171883486
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India : Redeeming the Economic Pledge

    Bibek Debroy


    About the Book

    <p>Economists may pretend otherwise. But Economics is about common sense. India needs economic reforms to push up growth. Growth is needed to eliminate poverty and reduce unemployment. And reforms are needed to eliminate India's present status quo, with its pronounced anti-poor bias. All Indian citizens, present and future need to argue for liberalization, privatization, globalization) being a dirty expression. But liberalization is thrust down from top. At least, that's the perception. No books exist to explain the need for reforms.</p> <p><br /> Those that do, are written by specialists and the target audience is also specialists. There are no books addressed to the interested citizen who is not a specialist.</p> <p><br /> This book is not only an exception. It is the first of its kind.</p> <p><br /> It removes the jargon and brings out the common sense in Indian economic policy making. There is no lecturing to the reader. The style is more of a dialogue. Read it and get convinced. Use your convictions to push for change. Don't leave it to North Block and PMO. That's the only way India will change and fulfill the failed and promised tryst with destiny. The time has come redeem the pledge.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /81 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 423
    ISBN 817188461X
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Studies in Macroeconomics and Welfare

    B.B. Bhattacharya‚ Arup Mitra (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume presents selected papers on macroeconomics and welfare, presented at the 40th annual conference of the Indian Econometric Society in 2004.<br /> Collectively they cover a wide range of issues related to economic reform, growth and equity. In particular, the book contains studies on exchange rate, interest rate, money demand and supply and monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and its relationship with growth at aggregate and sectoral levels, growth and distribution, pollution, environment, rural poverty, health care and micro credit.</p> <p><br /> The analysis is done mainly through macroeconometric and time-series techniques. The basic purpose of these studies has been to evaluate the ongoing economic reforms and its impact on economic growth and welfare with special focus for the vulnerable sections of the population.</p> <p><br /> The volume is expected to be of special interest to those who are keen to learn the applications of econometric techniques in analysing economic growth, policy and welfare. It would also be useful to the policymakers for understanding the effectiveness of both macro and micro policies in the recent period.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /82 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 334
    ISBN 8171885675
    INR 1495
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Reviving the Invisible Hand

    The Case For Classical Liberalism In The Twenty-First Century

    Deepak Lal


    About the Book

    <p>Reviving the Invisible Hand is an uncompromising call for a global return to a classical liberal economic order, free of interference from governments and international organizations. Arguing for a revival of the invisible hand of free international trade and global capital, eminent economist Deepak Lal vigorously defends the view that statist attempts to ameliorate the impact of markets threaten global economic progress and stability. And in an unusual move, he not only defends globalization economically, but also answers the cultural and moral objections of antiglobalizers.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Taking a broad cross-cultural and interdisciplinary approach, Lal argues that there are two groups opposed to globalization: cultural nationalists who oppose not capitalism but Westernization, and “new dirigistes” who oppose not Westernization but capitalism. In response, Lal contends that capitalism doesn’t have to lead to Westernization, as the examples of Japan, China, and India show, and that “new dirigiste” complaints have more to do with the demoralization of their societies than with the capitalist instruments of prosperity.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Lal bases his case on a historical account of the rise of capitalism and globalization in the first two liberal international economic orders: the nineteenth-century British, and the post–World War II American.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Arguing that the “new dirigisme” is the thin edge of a wedge that could return the world to excessive economic intervention by states and international organizations, Lal does not shrink from controversial stands such as advocating the abolishment of these organizations and defending the existence of child labor in the Third World.<br /> "An account of modern economic policy from a classical liberal perspective — a contribution to the globalisation debate"</p> <p>— The Hindu</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“What would Adam Smith and David Hume have had to say about globalization, human rights, outsourcing and free trade, capital controls, the WTO, the IMF and the World Bank, Islamic fundamentalism, the rise of China and India, the environment, the welfare state, U.S. foreign policy, and every other major issue if they were alive today? The closest you can ever come to fiinding out is to read this brilliant and provocative book by the last, but by no means the least, of the classical liberals, Deepak Lal.”</p> <p><strong>— Ronald&nbsp;E. Findly, Columbia University</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“This splendidly and subtly argued defense of the classical liberal position makes a highly valuable contribution to the globalization debate.”</p> <p><strong>— Harold&nbsp;James, Princeton University, author of The End of Globalization</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“Deepak Lal’s Reviving the Invisible Hand is a brilliant account of modern economic theory and policy written from a rigorous classical liberal perspective. Lal shows a thorough knowledge of classical liberal theory and an enviable ability to apply it to any economy. Furthermore, he demonstrates that the greatest threat to world economic progress and stability comes not from old-fashioned socialism, but from the recent, fashionable modifications of the classical liberal model. It is remarkable that a technical economist should display such competence and originality in areas seemingly far removed from the diagrams and equations of orthodoxy. And his style is rigorous, well-paced, and just a little cheeky.”</p> <p><strong>— Norman&nbsp;Barry, University of Buckingham, England, author of Classical Liberalism in the Age of Post-Communism</strong></p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /83 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 223
    ISBN 8171884849
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Mystery of Economic Growth

    Elhanan Helpman


    About the Book

    <p>Far more than an intellectual puzzle for pundits, economists, and policymakers, economic growth - its makings and workings - is a subject that affects the well-being of billions of people around the globe. In The Mystery of Economic Growth, Elhanan Helpman discusses the vast research that has revolutionized understanding of this subject in recent years, and summarizes and explains its critical messages in clear, concise, and accessible terms.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The tale of growth economics, as Helpman tells it, is organized around a number of themes: the importance of the accumulation of physical and human capital; the effect of technological factors on the rate of this accumulation; the process of knowledge creation and its influence on productivity; the inter-dependence of the growth rates of different countries; and, finally, the role of economic and political institutions in encouraging accumulation, innovation, and change.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>One of the leading researchers of economic growth, Helpman succinctly reviews, critiques, and integrates current research-on capital accumulation, education, Productivity, trade, inequality, geography, and institutions - and clarifies its relevance for global economic inequities.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>In particular, he points to institutions - including property rights protection, legal systems, customs, and political systems - as the key to the mystery of economic growth. Solving this mystery could lead to policies capable of setting the poorest countries on the path toward sustained growth of per capita income and all that that implies.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"Helpman's analytic power and extraordinary grasp of the subject make his book, The Mystery of Economic Growth, the most comprehensive analysis of economic growth to date. The wide variety of relevant issues, from technological development through price and income causes and consequences to institutional changes, are made available to the interested general reader. The evaluations of different strands are judicious and wise, as well as highly representative of the literature."<br /> <strong>— Kenneth&nbsp;J. Arrow, Nobel Laureate in Economics</strong><br /> &nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"Want to understand the latest and best thinking on economic growth? Then read this little book. Helpman has provided an enormously useful reader's guide to what is known (and what is not known) about this complex, fascinating, and all-important subject."<br /> <strong>— Martin&nbsp;L. Weitzman,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; author of Income, Wealth and the Maximum Principle</strong><br /> &nbsp;</p> <p><br /> "Elhanan Helpman has made fundamental contributions to our understanding of economic growth. Here he steps back and assesses what we have learned. Each page shines with profound knowledge, erudition, and wisdom."<br /> <strong>— Andrei&nbsp;Shleifer, co-author of The Grabbing Hand:<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Government Pathologies and Their Cures</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /84 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006 Edition (4th edition)
    Pages: 351 + 14
    ISBN 8171885268
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Lives of the Laureates

    Eighteen Nobel Economists

    William Breit‚ Barry T. Hirsch (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Lives of the Laureates offers readers an informal history of modern economic thought as told through autobiographical essays by eighteen winners of the Nobel Prize in Economics. The essays not only provide unique insights into major economic ideas of our time but also shed light on the processes of intellectual discovery and creativity. This fourth edition adds five new Nobel laureates to its list of contributors: Gary S. Becker, recipient in 1992; John C. Harsanyi, co-recipient in 1994; Robert E. Lucas, Jr., recipient in 1995; Myron S. Scholes, co-recipient in 1997; and James J. Heckman, co-recipient in 2000. This edition also includes a new afterword by the editors, "Lessons from the Laureates."</p> <p><br /> Lives of the Laureates collects revised presentations from a continuing lecture series at Trinity University in San Antonio, for which Nobelists from American universities are invited to give an account of "My Evolution as an Economist." Some common motivating themes emerge: the importance of real world events and a desire for relevance as seen in James Tobin's decision to enter economics in order to understand the ruin caused by the Great Depression and in Gary Becker's recourse to economics to help him understand inequality, race, and class; the influence of great teachers several cite the charismatic Milton Friedman; the right conditions for creativity and intellectual discovery as found at the University of Chicago starting in the late 1940s and the Rand Corporation in the 1950s; and the role of chance in their careers the "lucky accidents" that set them on one path rather than another. Together, these individual accounts give what the editors call a "comprehensive picture of the diverseness, richness, and profundity that is the hallmark of contemporary economic thought in America."</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"No one can tell you how to win the Nobel Prize, but these autobiographical essays bring you as close as you can get. If you are interested in what makes great economists tick, this book makes for fascinating reading."<br /> <strong>— Roger Backhouse, Department of Economics, University of Birmingham, United Kingdom</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> "This is the fourth edition of one of my favorite books, It consists of lectures by Nobel laureates, each of whom was asked to describe the development of their principal contribution to economics and to do so in language accessible to a lay audience. One of these laureates, George Stigler, is famous for denying the relevance of biography to intellectual history. Every page of this book refutes his thesis. Reading it teaches us more about what makes economics a fascinating subject than almost anything I have read in years."<br /> <strong>— Mark Blaug, Professor of the History and Methodology of Economics, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> "These rich essays provide a fascinating glimpse of the life experiences that helped spawn the most influential work in our profession."<br /> <strong>— Robert Frank, Henrietta Johnson Louis Professor of Management and Professor of Economics, Cornell Universit</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /85 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 187 + 11
    ISBN 8171885284
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Understanding the Process of Economic Change

    Douglass C. North


    About the Book

    <p>In this landmark work, a Nobel-prize-winning economist develops a new way of understanding the process by which economies change, Douglass North inspired a revolution in economic history a generation ago by demonstrating that economic performance is determined largely by the kind and quality of institutions that support markets. As he showed in two now classic books that inspired the New Institutional Economics (today a subfield of economics), property rights and transaction costs are fundamental determinants. Here, North explains how different societies arrive at the institutional infrastructure that greatly determines their economic trajectories.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>North argues that economic change depends largely on “adaptive efficiency,” a society's effectiveness in creating institutions that are productive, stable, fair, and broadly accepted—and, importantly, flexible enough to be changed or replaced in response to political and economic feedback. While adhering to his earlier definition of institutions as the formal and informal rules that constrain human economic behavior, he extends his analysis to explore the deeper determinants of how these rules evolve and how economies change. Drawing on recent work by psychologists, he identifies intentionality as the crucial variable and proceeds to demonstrate how intentionality emerges as the product of social learning and how it then shapes the economy's institutional foundations and thus its capacity to adapt to changing circumstances.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Understanding the process of Economic Change accounts not only for past institutional change but also for the diverse performance of present-day economies. This major work is therefore also an essential guide to improving the performance of developing countries.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Advance praise for Understanding the Process of Economic Change:&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> “This short book by a great master will be read, discussed, and debated widely. It boldly goes where few have dared to tread. It is a book about something more ambitious than economic growth or even economic history. It is about economic change, and it dares to ask questions that the profession will still be scratching its head over for many years to come.”<br /> <strong>— Joel Mokyr, Northwestern University,&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; author of The Gifts of Athena: Historical Origins of the Knowledge Economy</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “Just as Douglass North's earlier classic, Institutions and Institutional Change, ushered in the revolution in understanding institutions that dominated the nineties, his new book, Understanding the Process of Economic Change, seeks an equally revolutionary change. North now integrates the cognitive component into this analysis: how the mind works, how we form beliefs and understandings about the world, and how societies solve—or fail to solve—the problems they face. This book is vintage North.”<br /> <strong>— Barry Weingast, Professor of Political Science, Stanford University</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “In this book Douglass North once again opens new frontiers in economic research. He calls for probing into the human mind to seek an understanding of how knowledge acquired by individuals and societies manifests itself culturally and institutionally to shape processes of change. The analysis makes a courageous foray into territories unfamiliar to most economists, such as social psychology and cognitive science, and uses the findings to further our understanding of the most pressing economic question of our time: why, despite the production capacity of modern technology, do many economies fail to prosper?”<br /> <strong>— Avner Greif, Bowman Family Professor in the Humanities and Sciences and Professor of Economics, Stanford University</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “This deeply exciting book culminates North's research agenda, and points the way to solving the most valuable but intractable problem in economics today: how institutions evolve. When I first read it I immediately saw implications for my own research, and began rethinking several fundamental ideas about how economies and their governments interrelate. What you learn from North changes how you think, and changing how people think is the best measure of intellectual influence.”<br /> <strong>— John Joseph Wallis, University of Maryland</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /86 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 365
    ISBN 8171883656
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Topics in Applied Economics

    Tools, Issues and Institutions

    G. Mythili‚ R. Hema (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Prof. Sankar is one of the most versatile applied economists in India. He can delve into Bayesian methods of estimating production functions and tackling errors in the variables. He can painstakingly build and input-output transactions table. He can recommend pricing policies for multi-product monopolies and can carry out an expected utility analysis to understand agricultural decision-making under uncertainty. He can design economic instruments for pollution abatement and carry out a techno-economic analysis of the Indian Space programme.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> His research in all these areas has been a most fruitful blend of methodological and applied work, a great achievement that has been widely recognised and appreciated both by academicians and by policy makers.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> This volume is a collection of contributions made by some of his long-term associates, meant as a token of appreciation for his invaluable contributions.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The papers here, many of them by internationally recognised academicians, either suggest refinements and expansions to the existing tool kit for economic analysis, of suggest improved methods to conceptualise issues or analyse the economic implications of delivery mechanisms and the institutions in which they are embedded.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Most economic data contain measurement errors and how can we tackle them? How can a physician choose the optimal dose of insulin since the costs of a dosage that is too low are very different from the costs of a dosage that are too high? Do we have an understanding of the factors that are responsible for the differential growth performances of different economies? In analysing the agricultural growth would we not be better off in viewing it as a biochemical process than as a primary factors centred process?&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Can the muddled reform process in the environmental price paid for a rapid increase in agricultural production? Is there an economic rationale to value community labour spent on common property resource? How do we translate a relative view of absolute poverty into working tools to enable measurement and policy interventions?&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>These are a sampling of the kind of issues dealt with. This volume would be a valuable reference for students, academicians and policy makers.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /87 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2004
    Pages: 678
    ISBN 8171883389
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Select Essays on Indian Economy

    C. Rangarajan


    About the Book

    <p>Dr. Rangarajan’s contributions are well known and well documented in a number of publications, both Indian and international. But it has been strongly felt, particularly by his colleagues who worked closely with him, that his research contributions to various sectors of Indian economy are not available at one place. The present publication is an attempt to fill this gap and to provide easy access to some of his path-breaking articles which are frequently referred to.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Dr. Rangarajan’s contributions are not confined to monetary economics, as one may usually think, but they cover a wide range — agriculture, industry, planning, banking, finance, balance of payments, exchange rate policy, and international monetary system. These subjects have been covered in the 24 selected essays which have been arranged under four sections in two volumes.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The first section covers agriculture, industry and the economy. The Chapter 1 in this section, entitled “Agricultural Growth and Industrial Performance” is perhaps one of the earliest studies to express fully the linkage between agriculture and industry. This section also includes a comprehensive review of the recent economic reforms.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The second section deals with issues relating to monetary and financial sectors — providing the analytical foundations of the Chakravarty Committee Report; an econometric model to study the relative impact of money supply on output and prices; and also includes detailed essays on the role of monetary policy and financial sector reforms.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The third section deals with fiscal policy issues from the broader perspective of macroeconomic management, including an article on the dynamics of debt accumulation which is perhaps one of the earliest articles to be published in India in this area. A reasonably large sized econometric model is also presented to study the impact of government expenditures financed through alternative channels.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The last section includes articles on exchange rate management and on the evolution of the balance of payment scenario in the country. The Report of the High Level Committee on Balance of Payments, of which Dr. Rangarajan was the Chairman, is also included. This Report is the only source which outlines the reasons for the shift of the exchange rate arrangement, initially to LERMS, and later to a market determined exchange rate system.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The publication carries an exhaustive Introduction written by Dr. R. Kannan.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /88 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 248
    ISBN 8171884490
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Towards A Functional Competition Policy For India

    An Overveiw

    Pradeep S. Mehta (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Towards a Functional Competition Policy for India comes at a time when the country is poised to implement a new Competition Law, whilst there is a lack of understanding of the nature, and extent of prevalence, of different types of anti-competitive practices. The study helps in getting a better understanding of the competition and economic regulation scenario in India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Contrary to popular perception, the study does not treat Competition Policy as just adoption and implementation of a competition law, but looks at it as a broader policy framework where competition is encouraged as a market process to generate competitive outcomes. Accordingly, the report comprises 22 chapters, giving comprehensive treatment to competition policy in India, covering both systemic as well as sectoral issues.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The study tracks the evolution of Competition Policy and Law in India; discusses the interface of Competition Policy with Government Policies (at the Federal as well as State level), and Consumer Welfare; and identifies competition and economic regulation issues in agriculture, manufacturing, and services.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Towards a Functional competition Policy for India is the result of the effort put in by top experts in the country. The study will be useful to all those who are interested in economic policies, in general, and competition policy, in particular.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The report itself is being published as two separate volumes. This one is an Overview, which carries all papers in a précis form, so that a busy reader can go through them easily and get a flavour of what the issues are. The second is a more detailed report, carrying all chapters in greater depth, and is meant for the policy community, particularly those involved in research. Both the report will serve as curtain raiser and as a road map for future, more in-depth work.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"...there could not be a more appropriate time for this volume to be published. As a matter of fact I am not aware of any other study that has given such a comprehensive treatment to the issue of competition policy in India. It is a path breaking project.... The government at the centre has made competition a serious policy issue, therefore one hopes that the policy- makers will take this volume as seriously as it deserves."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Vijay L. Kelkar<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Chairman, India Development Foundation<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;and former Advisor to the Finance Minister,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Government of India</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /89 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 294
    ISBN 8171884938
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    A Functional Competition Policy For India

    Pradeep S. Mehta (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>A Functional Competition Policy for India comes at a time when the country is poised to implement a new Competition Law, whilst there is a lack of understanding of the nature, and extent of prevalence, of different types of anti-competitive practices. The study helps in getting a better understanding of the competition and economic regulation scenario in India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Contrary to popular perception, the study does not treat Competition Policy as just adoption and implementation of a competition law, but looks at it as a broader policy framework where competition is encouraged as a market process to generate competitive outcomes. Accordingly, the report comprises 22 chapters, giving comprehensive treatment to competition policy in India, covering both systemic as well as sectoral issues.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The study tracks the evolution of Competition Policy and Law in India; discusses the interface of Competition Policy with Government Policies (at the Federal as well as State level), and Consumer Welfare; and identifies competition and economic regulation issues in agriculture, manufacturing, and services.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The present volume is the result of the effort put in by top experts in the country. The study will be useful to all those who are interested in economic policies, in general, and competition policy, in particular.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The report itself is published as two separate volumes. An earlier published volume forms the Overview, which carries all papers in a precis form, so that a busy reader can go through them easily and get a flavour of what the issues are. The second one is the present volume — a more detailed report, carrying all chapters in greater depth, and is meant for the policy community, particularly those involved in research. The report (in either format) will serve as a curtain raiser and as a road map for future work in still greater depth.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"...there could not be a more appropriate time for this volume to be published. As a matter of fact I am not aware of any other study that has given such a comprehensive treatment to the issue of competition policy in India. It is a path breaking project.... The government at the centre has made competition a serious policy issue, therefore one hopes that the policy- makers will take this volume as seriously as it deserves."<br /> <strong>&nbsp;- Vijay L. Kelkar<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Chairman, India Development Foundation<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; and former Advisor to the Finance Minister,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Government of India</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /90 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 426
    ISBN 9788171886333
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India, GCC and the Global Energy Regime

    Exploring Interdependence and Outlook for Collaboration

    Samir Ranjan


    About the Book

    <p>Growth-induced structural changes have precipitated a phenomenal increase in energy consumption in the economies of the Asian region. Importantly, Asia’s burgeoning demand for oil and gas is a crucial factor in the current world energy market and has occupied centre stage in the contemporary discourse on global energy security.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book explores one aspect of such transition, envisaging the emerging pattern of energy interdependence between India as a major energy consuming and importing country and the prominence of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries as the major source of energy supplies for India and the Asian region as a whole.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book argues that the evolving pattern of energy related links and tendencies will act as a stimulant to boost bilateral economic relations between India and the GCC to an elevated trajectory.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /91 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 339
    ISBN 8171884164
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Privatising Power Cuts ?

    Ownership and Reform of State Electricity Boards in India

    Joël Ruet


    About the Book

    <p>Beyond ideologies, beyond hiccups and cycles of reforms, privatisation of State Electricity Boards of India (SEBs), just alike their public reform, are structurally stalled. The book argues, the emphasis on ownership is misleading, and needs being articulated more subtly to a look at organisational structure of SEBs.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>An in-depth enquiry in SEBs shows how privatisation is a one-sided game that has no real takers as long as SEBs remain organisations in which all technical, accounting, financial parameters are at the least hazy, often unknown. No investors will come without guarantees, thus the public has impression that SEBs are 'privatised for a song', while the economists feels they are virtually value less... while in practice awaited investors do not even turn up.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book pinpoints, as the core of the stalemate, to the misconception in the very concepts generally used to analyse the internal organisation, the functioning, and the nature of SEBs. SEBs have now to undergo a specific and structural series of organisational changes, that the author calls 'enterprisation'. Privatisation is far from being the only tool for achieving this, among a wide set of public-private partnerships.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The matter is of importance, for not all States and afford, the way Delhi did, paying for endlessly re-negotiable financial gurantees.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“Joël Ruet is an insider. An excellent economist, as well as an engineer, his investigation inside SEBs is remarkable. Using the theories developed by James March, as well as property rights theory, he establishes the profound difference between an administration and an enterprise. SEBs being administrations, they cannot be 'privatised'. An intermediary step, 'enterprisation', is necessary. The richness and novelty of this analysis allow extending to other public organisations in service sector, as well as other countries where the reform of the productive functions of the State is the agenda of the day.”<br /> <strong>— Pierre-Noël Giraud,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; </strong>Professor, Ecole des mines, Paris<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Member of the French Academy of Technology</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “The question of how to reform India's loss making State Electricity Boards has vexed economists for years. Joël Ruet provides a fresh and detailed analysis...<br /> <strong>— Michael Pollitt<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; </strong>Co -leader, Cambridge-MIT InstituteDirector of Studies in</p> <p>&nbsp; &nbsp; Management and&nbsp;Economics, Sidney Sussex</p> <p>&nbsp; &nbsp; College, University of Cambridge</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “Dr. Ruet is the only person I know who has established through his studies of their operations, that SEBs in India have an administrative culture. Dr. Ruet has studied SEBs intensively and has ample evidence to make the comments he does. The book provides graphic descriptions of the internal decision-making processes in SEBs. It is a pity that management academics have not done this kind of study earlier because it throws up the basic reason for the decline of the SEBs. This is a book that must be read by SEBs, Regulators and government officials.”<br /> <strong>— S.L. Rao<br /> &nbsp; </strong>&nbsp; Chairman, ISEC, Bangalore,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; formerly: Director General, NCAER , and Chairman,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Central Electricity Regulatory Commission.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “Dr. Ruet's book should be essential reading for all those concerned at the apparent failure of the World Bank's recommendations to reform the electricity supply industry in many developing countries, India providing an excellent example.”<br /> <strong>— David M. Newbery<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</strong>Director, Department of Applied Economics<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;University of Cambridge UK</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “This book provides indepth enquiry and very useful insights into the problems of reforms of the State Electricity Boards in India.”<br /> <strong>— Ramprasad Sengupta</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Dean, School of Social Sciences<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /92 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 176
    ISBN 8171885098
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Europe After Enlargement

    Economic Challenges for EU and India

    Jean-joseph Boillot


    About the Book

    <p>Europe is changing and reinventing itself. The enlargement of the European Union to 25 members in May 2004, and even more in the future, will not change so much the global weight of Europe in the world economy as its economic geography. The entry of the Central and Eastern European countries marks in particular the culmination of an intense process of economic integration which widens the production cost matrix within which European firms are operating, while also expanding the EU market.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This constitutes a formidable new order not only for all the European companies, but also for those that wish to establish themselves in Europe or those that have to face competition from firms operating within a Greater Europe. This is in particular the case of India for which Europe remains her largest trading partner and a major technology supplier. Hence a special chapter on this case study.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Europe After Enlargement : Economic Challenges for EU and India by Jean-Joseph Boillot collects varies ideas and comes at a time of changes not only for Europe, when the continent is de facto and de jure overcoming its past divisions and extending into the largest single market in the world. But for the world at large, at a time when the re-organisation of the European productive space interacts with globalisation and the emerging and consolidation of new powers.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Hence, this publication comes at a time of change for the EU/India partnership as well, at a time when their relations enter a new phase of development and become strategic. Jean-Joseph Boillot collects analysis of the new geographical trends in the European economy and focuses the debate surrounding the extension of the European Union by highlighting the discovery of new internal sources by the European competitiveness by means of EU enlargement and by stressing challenges ahead. In doing so, Mr Boillot’s publication stimulates the debate and looks at the possible European development and at the challenges ahead also from an Indian perspective, raising interesting points for discussions and further investigation into the economic dynamics of this historic EU enlargement.”<br /> <strong>— Francisco da Câmara Gomes<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Ambassador, European Union, Delegation of the European Commission to<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; India, Bhutan, Maldives, Nepal and Sri Lanka</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>As India opens up to the world, Indians will need better information on those parts of the world that matter. Jean-Joseph Boillot's book fills an urgent need. Its discussion of the new members of the European Union is particularly valuable: they are potentially India's competitors of the EU market, but could be transformed by more perceptive businessmen into bases for penetrating the bastion of the EU.”<br /> <strong>— Ashok V. Desai<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Consultant Editor, The Telegraph, New Delhi</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book provides a lucid explanation to the process of European integration and its impact on the Indian trade and capital flows with respect to Europe. The author has shown a depth of understanding of economic problems in both the eastern and the western European region. I recommend it highly for the scholars interested in European integration and policymakers and diplomats of both Europe and India.”<br /> <strong>— Prof. B.B. Bhattacharya<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Vice-Chancellor, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Enlargement — in fact, the reunification of Europe — has changed the nature of the EU. Understanding what it means and where it leads to is essential for all the partners of Europe. Having for a decade observed the enlargement process from the West and from the East, Jean-Joseph Boillot was uniquely equipped to analyse it and grasp its consequences. His comprehensive and timely book is an achievement.”<br /> <strong>— Prof. Jean Pisani-Ferry<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Director, Brussels European and Global Economic Laboratory (Bruegel)<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Professor, University of Paris-Dauphine</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>A fascinating and eminently readable account of Europe's eastward expansion and its emergence as a world economic power in the closing years of the twentieth century. The opportunities that this transformation opens up are tremendous and this book is a welcome wake-up call for entrepreneurs, policy-makers and analysts. Backed by a wealth of data, it presents new perspectives on the robust economies of the new Europe.”<br /> <strong>— Prof. Balveer Arora<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Former Rector &amp; Pro Vice-Chancellor Coordinator, UGC-SAP,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Centre for Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume by Jean-Joseph Boillot on 'Europe After Enlargement: Economic Challenges for EU and India' provides analytical insights on the process of enlargement from the perspective of some one who has been intimately connected with the process from his vantage perch in Budapest when the terms of enlargement were actually negotiated. At the same time, Jean-Joseph, also has a unique know-ledge of how the Indian system works, having started his India affair nearly twenty years ago. He is, therefore, able to present intricacies of the European enlargement process and its implications for India in a manner that is immediately comprehensible to the Indian reader. A book well worth reading by all those who believe that a multi-polar world is a more benign environment for India's future.”<br /> <strong>— Rajiv Kumar<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Chief Economist Confederation of Indian Industry (CII), New Delhi</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>As a person living and working in India, the book held great interest for me, as I think it certainly will for Indian managers looking to do business with Europe. I found the details of the discussions in the developing links between the Central and Eastern European Countries (CEEC) extremely educative, throwing light on the complex web of the nature of the transaction, the character of the protagonists, the products, technology, location and ownership issues. Given its very contemporary context, the book brings out very well the evolving nature of these relationships and what the implications can be for players located outside of Europe, as for instance in India. Historically, Indian business who had engaged with the former Eastern Europe had done so in the context of the Warsaw Pact bloc, where business success depended on one particular method of managing the environment, namely the state and its apparatus. Finding a niche in today’s highly dynamic and rapidly evolving CEEC, Indian businesses have an opportunity of expanding their potential engagement with Europe as a whole, benefitting from the privileged status of the accession countries in the EU. But in the event that they do not, there appears to be a possibility that Indian business might find it difficult to maintain their existing market share in the trade activity of Europe. This is a must-read book for all businesspersons, academics and analysts from the sub-continent with an interest in Europe. A perusal of the book provides a rich haul of ideas that might be pursued further with considerable profit — by both, the businessperson and the researcher.”<br /> <strong>— Samitra Chaudhuri<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Economic Advisor with ICRA and member of the Economic<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Advisory Council to the Prime Minister of India</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /93 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 360
    ISBN 8171885306
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Propelling India from Socialist Stagnation to Global Power

    Volume 1: Growth Process

    Arvind Virmani


    About the Book

    <p>Together, the two volumes review the economic history of India from Independence to the current period and then go on to make forecasts about the future of the Indian economy and its role in the World. The objective is not criticism for the sake of it. Throughout the focus is on policy and institutional reforms to solve identified policy mistakes and problems.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Volume I shows that there have been two phases in India's economic history. The period of socialist stagnation, till the end of the seventies, in which India's growth rate was among the lowest in the World and poverty increased despite professions of socialism. The second period of market reform starting in 1980s walted us to the top of the growth sweepstakes and led a sharp and continuing decline in poverty. The book shows how India is poised to become a global power in the next 15 to 20 years, and why India is likely to become, over the next 30 years, the third pole in the emerging tripolar world of the 21st century.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Volume 2 focuses on the wider and deeper economic reforms initiated in the 1990s. It outlines the reforms, analyses their effect and draws lessons for the future. Among the areas covered are governance problems and institutional reforms, the BoP crisis, FDI, indirect tax and tariff reform, food policy and savings &amp; monetary policy.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“ Dr. Arvind Virmani's valuable research output has been captured in the two volumes making the books a comprehensive retrospect and prospect of India's economic policies and performance.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“ The volumes are unique in terms of both the range of subjects and the depth of analysis, and bear an imprint of remarkable intellectual integrity.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“ These volumes would easily stand out for their impressive scholarly analysis of a wide gamut of issues from a variety of perspectives: historical, global, institutional and political-economy dimensions of the fiscal, financial and real sectors. His insightful research output and analytical prowess are well encapsulated in these two volumes. Indeed, a good reference book for researchers and policy makers alike, from a respected scholar with a policy-making background and unflinching commitment to national interests.”<br /> <strong>—Y.V. Reddy<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Governor, Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai&nbsp;</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “ This book by Arvind Virmani, one of India's well-known economists, is an important contribution to the contemporary debate on a wide range of policy and analytical issues. In analysing India's development experi-ence, Dr. Virmani devotes considerable attention to empirical research as well as his personal experience as a policy advisor to the Government of India in the Ministry of Finance. The blend of theory, research and policy makes this book eminently worthwhile for anyone interested in India's future as a fast-growing poverty free developing country.”<br /> <strong>—Bimal Jalan<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;A distinguished economist;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Member of Parliament (Rajya Sabha);<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;formerly: Governor, Reserve Bank of India</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /94 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 452
    ISBN 8171885314
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Propelling India from Socialist Stagnation to Global Power

    Volume 2: Policy Reforms

    Arvind Virmani


    About the Book

    <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">Together, the two volumes review the economic history of India from Independence to the current period and then go on to make forecasts about the future of the Indian economy and its role in the World. The objective is not criticism for the sake of it. Throughout the focus is on policy and institutional reforms to solve identified policy mistakes and problems.</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">Volume I shows that there have been two phases in India's economic history. The period of socialist stagnation, till the end of the seventies, in which India's growth rate was among the lowest in the World and poverty increased despite professions of socialism. The second period of market reform starting in 1980s walted us to the top of the growth sweepstakes and led a sharp and continuing decline in poverty. The book shows how India is poised to become a global power in the next 15 to 20 years, and why India is likely to become, over the next 30 years, the third pole in the emerging tripolar world of the 21st century.</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">Volume 2 focuses on the wider and deeper economic reforms initiated in the 1990s. It outlines the reforms, analyses their effect and draws lessons for the future. Among the areas covered are governance problems and institutional reforms, the BoP crisis, FDI, indirect tax and tariff reform, food policy and savings &amp; monetary policy.</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">“ Dr. Arvind Virmani's valuable research output has been captured in the two volumes making the books a comprehensive retrospect and prospect of India's economic policies and performance.</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">“ The volumes are unique in terms of both the range of subjects and the depth of analysis, and bear an imprint of remarkable intellectual integrity.</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">“ These volumes would easily stand out for their impressive scholarly analysis of a wide gamut of issues from a variety of perspectives: historical, global, institutional and political-economy dimensions of the fiscal, financial and real sectors. His insightful research output and analytical prowess are well encapsulated in these two volumes. Indeed, a good reference book for researchers and policy makers alike, from a respected scholar with a policy-making background and unflinching commitment to national interests.”<br /> <strong>—Y.V. Reddy<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Governor, Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai&nbsp;</strong></p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;">&nbsp;</p> <p style="font-size: 13px; line-height: 20.7999992370605px;"><br /> “ This book by Arvind Virmani, one of India's well-known economists, is an important contribution to the contemporary debate on a wide range of policy and analytical issues. In analysing India's development experi-ence, Dr. Virmani devotes considerable attention to empirical research as well as his personal experience as a policy advisor to the Government of India in the Ministry of Finance. The blend of theory, research and policy makes this book eminently worthwhile for anyone interested in India's future as a fast-growing poverty free developing country.”<br /> <strong>—Bimal Jalan<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;A distinguished economist;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Member of Parliament (Rajya Sabha);<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;formerly: Governor, Reserve Bank of India</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /95 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: (476 (vol.1) + 403 (vol.2))
    ISBN 8171885470
    INR 2995(Set of 2 Volume)
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Encyclopedia of the Global Economy

    A Guide For Students And Reserchers

    David E. O’connor


    About the Book

    <p>There is no doubt that we live in a truly global economy—Japanese automobiles are manufactured in American plants and exported to Europe; McDonald’s Golden Arches beckon to customers in over 100 countries; skyrocketing oil prices have a ripple effect on the cost of thousands of goods worldwide. Encyclopedia of the Global Economy illuminates these issues and many more, covering a wide spectrum of concepts, people, and organizations related to economic globalization from its origins in the quest for exotic spices in the 16th century to the debates and controversies that reflect it today.<br /> Volume 1 features over 150 entries, organized alphabetically, with definitions and descriptions, examples, photographic illustrations, references, and exhibits featuring the most current data. Topics include:</p> <p><br /> • international trade • corporate social responsibility • foreign investment&nbsp;<br /> • child labor • transnational corporations • sustainable consumption&nbsp;<br /> • economic and human development and the digital divide • offshore outsourcing</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> This volume also includes profiles of prominent economists, business leaders, and policymakers as well as a timeline of major events and a glossary of key concepts and institutions.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Volume 2 includes a wide array of primary documents, a "data bank" of world statistics on demographic and economic trends, and print and Internet resources for further research. Each document is introduced with an explanation of its context and linked to related articles in Volume 1. Examples include the text of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), reports on environmental degradation and poverty reduction from the United Nations, and dozens of tables and graphs reflecting international investment, business activity, productivity, labor, and socioeconomic conditions around the world.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Cross-referenced throughout, featuring a comprehensive index, and cutting across such disciplines as politics, sociology, and business, this unique reference will be an indispensable resource for students, teachers, businesspeople, and general readers interested in the dynamics of the global economy and its profound impact on nations, businesses, communities, and individuals.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “ Even in my introductory classes I want students to see and analyze current data and to read original documents. Encyclopedia of the Global Economy pulls all of this material together, and by linking clear, concise explanations of topics to data, web resources, and original sources it's an ideal tool for students doing research papers.”<br /> <strong>—Rhona Free<br /> &nbsp; </strong>&nbsp;Professor of Economics<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp;Eastern Connecticut State University&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /96 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 496
    ISBN 8171885586
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Strategic Consequences of India’s Economic Performance

    Sanjaya Baru


    About the Book

    <p>“a collection of Baru’s journalistic greatest hits...<br /> required reading for anyone interested in the interplay between domestic economic strategy and global power politics."</p> <p><strong>— Financial Times,</strong> London</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “The author (Sanjay Baru), currently media advisor to the Prime Minister is perhaps one of the first mainstream economic commentators in the country to look at the intersection of economics and national security."</p> <p>...Baru's essays and columns collected in this book are a vital contribution towards initiating a contemporary debate that will help shape a future policy."<br /> <strong>— Hindustan Times,</strong> New Delhi</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“It is that bold vision and conviction about a new India, which was being forged in the 1990s and early 2000s, that comes through in this collection...<br /> As India continues its march forward to acquire 'comprehensive national power', that brings together all the elements that constitute the strength of nations, the analytical path opened by Baru will remain an important one to emulate."<br /> <strong>— Indian Express,</strong> New Delhi &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “Baru's book deserves to be prescribed reading for policymakers."<br /> <strong>— Outlook,</strong> New Delhi &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“It comes as a relief to read something different Such as, Strategic Consequences of India's Economic Performance, Sanjay Baru...<br /> Suggested active Read..."<br /> <strong>— The Hindu • </strong>Business Line, New Delhi &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“These are superbly crafted and insightful writings on economic and security issues. No one who wishes to follow India …. can afford to ignore this splendid collection. Buy, read, profit and enjoy.”<br /> <strong>— Jagdish Bhagwati&nbsp;</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; University Professor, Economics and Law,&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Columbia University, USA<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; and author of In Defense of Globalization</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“Sanjaya Baru is a vital voice in our public argument—shrewd, well informed and with the strategist's knack of seeing the implications of choices several moves in advance.Anyone interested in India's global role must read this book.”<br /> <strong>— Sunil Khilnani</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; School of Advanced International Studies,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Johns Hopkins University, USA&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; and author of The Idea of India</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“This is an eloquent book, and a must-read for those of us in search of an inside-view of India's evolving strategic and economic role in a dynamic, fast-changing world.”<br /> <strong>— N.R. Narayana Murthy</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Chairman and Chief Mentor,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Infosys Technologies Ltd.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“Sanjaya Baru is one of the bright lights of modern India. Before most others in journalism, academia, or politics, he was able to see the immense opportunities for India created by globalization and a new international atmosphere. In this fine collection of essays Baru analyzes these issues, which lie at the crossroads of economics, politics, and public policy. Free of old thinking and tired clichés, Baru writes clearly and convincingly. All that remains is that his countrymen be convinced.”<br /> <strong>— Fareed Zakaria&nbsp;</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Editor, Newsweek International&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; and author of The Future of Freedom</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “This compilation, to my knowledge, is the only one in India that provides deep insights into the complex interplay of global, Asian and national dimensions of economic, political and strategic policy.”<br /> <strong>— Y. Venugopal Reddy</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Governor, Reserve Bank of India</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “This is a most timely and unique volume on economic dimensions of India's foreign policy. No one could have done a better job of exploring this relatively uncharted territory than Dr. Baru.”<br /> <strong>— Bimal Jalan</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Member of Parliament (Rajya Sabha) and&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; former Governor, Reserve Bank of India</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>“...a very timely contribution by Sanjaya Baru to the ongoing debate in the country on the choice of strategy to enhance India's economic growth and development and international security...”(FROM THE FOREWORD)<br /> <strong>— K. Subrahmanyam</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; India’s leading defence analyst and former Head of the&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; National Security Council Advisory Board (NSCAB)</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “Sanjaya Baru's writings remain a rare, yet exciting, contribution to an under-examined subject, namely the political economy of power. ...He has become a critical participant in actualizing India's emergence as a powerful state, while his work remains a marvelous reflection of the debates accompanying that process.”<br /> <strong>— Ashley Tellis</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Carnegie Endowment for International Peace,&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Washington DC</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> “India has emerged as a key participant in the global economy with important economic and security implications. The world outside India is only beginning to recognize this important development. The essays in this volume can serve as a guide to anyone seeking to have a better understanding of what is happening and what may happen in the future.”<br /> <strong>— Martin Feldstein</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; George F. Baker Professor of Economics at Harvard</p> <p>&nbsp; &nbsp; University (USA);President and CEO, National Bureau</p> <p>&nbsp; &nbsp; of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The new turn in India's economic policies and performance in the last decade of the 20th Century; the success of Indian enterprise in the post-WTO world; the emergence of a confident professional middle-class; a demonstrated nuclear capability; and, the resilience of an open society and an open economy, in the face of multiple and complex challenges—these have all shaped India's response to the tectonic shifts in the global balance of power in the post-Cold War era. No economist has paid a closer attention to the strategic consequences of India's increasingly impressive economic performance than Sanjaya Baru.</p> <p><br /> In this collection of academic essays and newspaper columns, that experts and lay readers would find equally stimulating, Baru explores the business of diplomacy and the diplomacy of business in a rising India. The role of India's cultural and intellectual ‘soft power’ in shaping global perceptions of India are examined. The book offers a panoramic view of the geopolitics and the geoeconomics of India's recent rise as a free market democracy.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /97 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2007
    ISBN 8171886159
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Can India Grow without Bharat?

    Shankar Acharya


    About the Book

    <p>Can India grow without Bharat? Can we reap the “demographic dividend” of a young population? How should we revive industrial employment? Is the National Rural Employment Guarantee Act affordable? Why have reforms sputtered despite the “dream team”? How is growth so strong though reforms have stalled? How can populism be restrained? Can 8 % growth be sustained? Should we deploy forex reserves to build infrastructure? What must we do to renew our decaying cities? What is the solution to the coming water crisis? Who are India’s tax reformers? Can bilateral trade agreements substitute for the Doha Round? Should SAARC have a common currency? Is “fiscal responsibility” working? Does monetary policy work? Can we really aspire to China’s economic league---or is it all hype? How good is our foreign policy?</p> <p><br /> The eminent economist Shankar Acharya provides forthright and provocative answers to these key issues about India’s development.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /98 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 528
    ISBN 8171885160
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India in a Globalising World

    Some Aspects of Macroeconomy, Agriculture And Poverty

    R. Radhakrishna‚ S K Rao‚ S. Mahendra Dev‚ K Subbarao


    About the Book

    <p>Prof. C.H. Hanumantha Rao is one of India's most distinguished economists. He has contributed immensely to both research and policy making in India. As a token of gratitude, some academicians and policy makers decided to pay a tribute on his 75th birth anniversary by bringing out a volume containing research papers relating to few important themes on India in the context of globalising world. All the contributors to this volume have made important contributions in their respective fields. The themes included in this volume are presented in four sections.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The volume begins with Macro Issues in Development covering issues such as changing role of Reserve Bank of India, fiscal federalism, performance of firms, macro modeling, and governance. The next two themes are Issues in Agricultural Development and Equity and Emerging Institutions in Agricultural Development. These sections cover important issues relating to agriculture ranging from WTO and trade to small farmer development. It is known that Prof. Rao has extensively worked on agriculture and rural development in India. The last section is Poverty and Environment. The papers included in this section cover issues on poverty reduction, sustainable development and employment, and climate change.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>At this stage of India's development, analysis of above issues is important for framing better policies to achieve growth and equity in India. Surely, the essays included in this volume would be quite useful for researchers, policymakers and students.<br /> The book is organised into four sections, namely:</p> <p>Macro Issues in Development&nbsp;<br /> Issues in Agricultural Development&nbsp;<br /> Equity and Emerging Institutions in Agricultural Development&nbsp;<br /> Poverty and Environment</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /99 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2005
    Pages: 200 (Two Colour)
    ISBN 8171884806
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    FDI in Retail Sector : INDIA

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Nitisha Patel (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>India is in the midst of a retail boom. The sector witnessed significant transformation in the past decade—from small unorganised family-owned retail formats to organised retailing. Indian business houses and manufacturers are setting up retail formats while real estate companies and venture capitalist are investing in retail infrastructure.</p> <p><br /> Many international brands have entered the market. With the growth in organised retailing, unorganised retailers are fast changing their business models. However, retailing is one of the few sectors where foreign direct investment (FDI) is not allowed at present.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Stakeholders, trading associations, politicians, etc. have given various arguments for and against FDI in retailing. However, such arguments are largely based on perception and there has not been serious academic research in this area. To fill this lacuna, this survey-based study analyses the current retail scenario in India, investigates the growth across different segments of retailing and evaluates the likely impact of allowing FDI on various stakeholders in different retail segments. Experiences of other countries in allowing FDI and its impact are also discussed. Presently, foreign players are entering the market through different routes. The entry process and their perception about the Indian market are analysed.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The study investigates the structural, regulatory, fiscal and other barriers affecting the performance of retail trade and suggests reforms for the removal of such barriers. It also provides valuable policy inputs in terms of the time-frame in and the process through which the Indian government can open up this sector to FDI so as to maximise the welfare and minimise the adjustment. It also lists the conditions that may be imposed on foreign retailers if FDI is allowed.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The preliminary findings of this survey study were presented before the Government and various stakeholders at a seminar in New Delhi on November 22, 2004. The findings evoked significant interest and debate. After taking into account the feedback from various government departments and stakeholders, the Department of Consumer Affairs and ICRIER have decided to publish the final report (in the present form) for wider dissemination and discussion which would enable the government to take important policy decisions with respect to FDI in retailing.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This study would be of immense interest to retailers, manufacturers, trading associations, chambers, real estate developers, venture capitalists, foreign retailers and their representatives, consultants, industry associations, government ministries/departments, academicians, and all those who have an interest in the growth of this sector.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /100 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2007
    Pages: 210
    ISBN 8171885845
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Ecotaxes on Polluting Inputs and Outputs

    Raja J. Chelliah‚ U. Sankar‚ Paul P. Appasamy‚ Rita Pandey (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Economic instruments have become increasingly popular worldwide as s strategy to achieve environmental goals.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The National Environment Policy, 2006 recommends the use of economic instruments to supplement regulation. Unlike emission taxes or tradable permits which require legal and institutional capacity, ecotaxes on polluting inputs and outputs can be easily implemented through the existing system of central taxes.</p> <p><br /> For dispersed non-point source pollution, a tax on input/output is an ideal instrument for controlling pollution.</p> <p><br /> This volume contains ecotax proposals for coal, automobiles, detergents, paper and pulp, pesticides, fertilisers, lead acid batteries and plastics.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /101 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2006
    Pages: 638
    ISBN 8171884881
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India : Industrialisation in a Reforming Economy

    Suresh D Tendulkar‚ Arup Mitra‚ K Narayanan‚ Deb Kusum Das (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume contains a set of papers on Indian industrialisation in the context of market-enhancing and trade-liberalising reforms that have been taking place. It begins with tracing shifts in Indian industrial policy since independence. The papers, presented in five sections, throw light on the various facets of the remarkable transformation of the Indian economy with reference to industrialisation, an area of major interest to Professor K.L. Krishna, to whom the volume is dedicated.</p> <p><br /> The first section focuses on technical efficiency and total factor productivity growth. Though technological change is known to be the most fundamental driver of sustained economic growth, its measurement, however, has been beset with several conceptual and methodological problems.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This section deals with these important issues. Urbanisation, an inevitable concomitant of industrialisation, industrial labour absorption and infrastructure required mostly, if not wholly, for the industrial sector constitute the theme of the second section.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The third section highlights the role of international trade in the Indian development strategy and the consequent changes in trade policies and their impact on the Indian manufacturing sector. In section four, foreign direct investment, which is being encouraged with a view to facilitating technology transfer and impact industrial performance, is dealt with.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>There are several contentious issues in this area relating to the role of multinational enterprises, which are examined in this section. The final section deals with the environmental consequences of rapid industrialisation so as to design environmental policy within which one can promote adoption of clean development mechanism.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /102 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2007
    Pages: 204
    ISBN 9788171886562
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Freedom of the World

    2007 Annual Report

    James D. Gwartney‚ Robert A. Lawson


    About the Book

    <p>The key ingredients of economic freedom are personal choice, voluntary exchange, freedom to compete, and protection of the person and property. Economic freedom liberates individuals and families from government dependence and gives them control of their own future.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Empirical research shows this spurs economic growth by unleashing individual dynamism. It also leads to democracy and other freedoms as people are unfettered from government dependence.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The annual Economic Freedom of the World Report ranks countries on their level of economic freedom. This comprehensive index, constructed under the leadership of The Fraser Institute and Nobel Laureate Milton Friedman, is the most objective and accurate measure of economic freedom published to date by any organization and the only one that uses reproducible measures appropriate for peer-reviewed research.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The 2007 annual report explores the evolution of economic freedom over the last quarter century and the impact of economic freedom on people's lives.<br /> It answers many important questions, including :</p> <p><br /> • Has economic freedom been increasing or decreasing ?<br /> • Do poor people benefit when countries become economically free ?<br /> • What countries have made big gains in economic freedom in recent years ?<br /> • What effect does economic freedom have on prosperity ?<br /> • How does economic freedom influence investment ?<br /> • How does economic freedom influence productivity ?<br /> • What impact does economic freedom have on income inequality ?</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The world's political leaders and others concerned with economic growth … would do well to give their custom to … (the) Economic Freedom of the World report, an annual publication that aims to measure economic freedom in 123 countries.</p> <p><strong>THE ECONOMIST</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Economic freedom advances economic growth, reduces poverty and promotes other civil and political freedoms. It is also a tonic against terrorism because of the opportunity it creates. All of the nations behind global terrorism lack economic freedom.</p> <p><strong>Nobel Laureate MILTON FRIEDMAN</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The closest thing we have to (an explanation of efficient markets) is the Economic Freedom of the World Annual Report. … This is an invaluable contribution.</p> <p><strong>Nobel Laureate DOUGLASS NORTH</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The series of reports on economic freedom has been of enormous value in assessing… the consequences of freedom for economic progress of different nations. I look forward to each annual report.<br /> <strong>Nobel Laureate GARY BECKER</strong></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> It's an article of faith for most economists that freedom of trade pays off in economic growth. Their faith is supported by hard numbers in … (the) Economic Freedom of the World report.<br /> <strong>BUSINESS WEEK</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /103 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2008
    Pages: 202
    ISBN 9788171886791
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Trinity of the South

    Potential Of India-Brazil-South Africa(IBSA) Patnership

    Research And Information System For Developing Countries


    About the Book

    <p>The coming together of India, Brazil and South Africa to strengthen the economic partnership is a major development in the area of South-South Cooperation. The three partners represent leading economies in their respective continents and bring together an array of complementary strengths and capabilities that could be exploited for mutual benefit.</p> <p><br /> They have shared political and economic history and development experiences. There are significant synergies between these countries as they have developed substantial capabilities in different sectors over the years.</p> <p><br /> But these synergies are yet to be fully utilised for their collective benefit and development of the South in general. IBSA countries can reinforce the economic strength of each other by synergising their complementarities in areas of industry, services, trade and technology which in turn could create a market of 1.3 billion people, US$2 trillion of GDP and foreign trade of nearly US$ 540 billion in 2005. IBSA partnership is also of immense strategic value for multilateral negotiations and shaping their respective roles in the global governance.</p> <p><br /> The cooperation between India, Brazil and South Africa has potential of having important spillovers for the partners of each of these countries in their respective sub-regional groupings, namely, SAARC in the case of India, MERCOSUR in the case of Brazil, SACU in the case of South Africa. Therefore, IBSA partnership could make a major contribution to the economic development of three sub-regions across Asia, Africa, and Latin America.</p> <p><br /> RIS, in this study, makes an exploratory attempt to examine the potential of IBSA economic partnership in the areas of trade in goods, services, investments, techno-logy cooperation and other areas of economic cooperation.</p> <p><br /> The study finds an enormous potential of economic cooperation between the three countries given the extensive complementarities and synergistic capabilities that can make cooperation in a number of sectors highly fruitful. It makes a number of recommendations for exploiting this potential of the IBSA economic partnership.</p> <p><br /> Research and Information System for Developing Countries (RIS) is an autonomous policy think-tank, established in 1984 in New Delhi, and specialised in trade and development issues. Its work programme focuses on multilateral trade negotiations, regional economic integration in Asia, new technologies and development, South-South Cooperation and strategic responses to globalisation.</p> <p><br /> The work of RIS is published in the form of research reports, books, discussion papers and journals. More information about RIS and its work programme is available at: www.ris.org.in.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /104 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 136
    ISBN 9788171886838
    INR 595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Perspectives on Development

    Memoirs of a Development Economist

    V.V. Bhatt


    About the Book

    <p>This is an unusual book of memoirs of both a distinguished economist and a successful public servant. His contributions qua economist could surpass those of many others who devoted their life-time only to teaching and research in India. He has figured conspicuously in the top international journals in economics with articles on different aspects of the subject.</p> <p><br /> Bhatt as a memorialist has scrupulously avoided being on a self-adulatory ego-trip; he has focused mainly on contextualising his personality in the economic profession of his time in India. He imbibed his apparatus of thought from his great teachers at Harvard like professors, J. Schumpeter, W. Leontief, A. Hansan and A. Gerschenkron, which he harnessed with great success for his creativity in economics. His memoirs are a unique narrative of how economics as a rigorous social discipline evolved in India, superseding most of the arid descriptive economics of his predecessors in pre-war India. He meticulously but without being self-referential describes how the research department of the Reserve Bank of India created a niche for itself in economic research, even overtaking the leading and older central banks in the US and the European continent.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /105 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 290
    ISBN 9788171887057
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    A Passionate Humanitarian VKRV Rao

    Institute For Social And Economic Change, Bangalore

    S.L. Rao‚ N. Jayaram‚ V.m Rao‚ M.v Nadkarni‚ R.S. Deshpande (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume contains 31 reminiscences by colleagues, friends and kin who were associated with the late V.K.R.V. Rao during his life-time, particularly in his life-long mission to nurture social science in the country and build centres of excellence in social science research.</p> <p>It is a tribute to his memory on the occasion of his centenary and focuses mainly on the third and final Institution, Institute for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore that Prof. Rao founded.</p> <p>The incidents covered and personalities referred to in the contributions give a good idea about the man who rode as a colossus in the academic and intellectual arena of the country for over 50 years, the personal and professional challenges he faced in his relentless quest and always emerged victorious. It is hoped that the collection would provide for us and the posterity a glimpse of the exemplary zeal with which Prof.</p> <p>Rao went about fulfilling his mission and inspired scores of young academics to participate in it.</p>

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /106 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 416
    ISBN 9788171886821
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Theory, Measurement and Policy

    Evolving Themes In Quantitative Economics

    V. Pandit‚ K.R. Shanmugam (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Recent years have witnessed major paradigm shifts in many faces of economics; its philosophical foundations, empirical methodologies and policy issues.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The papers put together in this volume give us in one place rigorous and refreshing insight into the unresolved problems in search for appropriate models&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">of economic behaviour, methodologies for policy analysis and a number of issues which have become vital for sustainability of the current pace of&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">economic development.</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">While the Indian Economy provides the backdrop to the discussion of poverty alleviation for shared prosperity, costs of environmental degradation,&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">regulation of public utilities, promotion of financial efficiency, articulation of monetary management under a new paradigm of economic policy and&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">macroeconomic policies in the emerging market economy, they do indeed have a universal relevance today.</span></p> <p>That the various contributions deal with these issues of today even though many of these were put forth some years back is indeed remarkable.<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">Given the scholastic credentials of the distinguished authors and their long experience of dealing with economic policy, teachers, researchers, and&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">students of economics could not have asked for more.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /107 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2007
    Pages: 296
    ISBN 8171886248
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    A Nation in Transition

    Understanding the Indian Economy

    Jayshree Sengupta


    About the Book

    <p>Indian economic development is only five decades old. Its future course seems to be bright but uncertain. There are lots of good and impressive points about India’s emergence as a prominent economic power and people in industrialized countries are taking note of these changes.</p> <p><br /> India’s huge middle class, that increasingly includes the rural well to do, are all aspiring for a higher standard of life for themselves and for their children.</p> <p><br /> They are making their children seek better marks and learn new skills; they are doing their best in all walks of life to get ahead and catch up with global standards. It is this middle class that is the driving force behind the great push forward that can make India great in the future.</p> <p><br /> In this thrust forward, this book discusses the role of the government. But more importantly, the book aims at explaining the workings of the Indian economy, not to the ‘initiated’, but to the intelligent reader who is interested in knowing more about India’s changing economic pattern. It aims at presenting the various intricacies of the Indian economic system simply and clearly.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /108 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 346
    ISBN 9788171886616
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India and the Global Economy

    Rajiv Kumar‚ Abhijit Sen Gupta (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>With contributions from India's most distinguished economists, this collection of papers—commissioned for the Silver Jubilee conference of the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations—addresses important policy challenges facing India as it becomes increasingly integrated in global economy.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /109 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 174
    ISBN 9788171886319
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Growth and Structure of Tertiary Sector

    in Developing Economies

    Seema Joshi


    About the Book

    <p>The relatively faster growth of tertiary sector vis-a-vis other broad sectors of the economics, as they experience a higher growth rate, has become almost a universal phenomenon. This has given rise to contemporary issues related to this form of economic development.</p> <p>The topicality of this issue is the broad theme of this book.</p> <p><br /> Numerous studies have been devoted to the growth of the agricultural and manufacturing sectors of the developing countries, but the services sector has received far too inadequate attention of the researchers. An attempt has been made in this book to fill this gap.<br /> A unique feature of the book is that it attempts to answer the following set of questions in a systematic manner.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /110 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 316
    ISBN 8171886280
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    THE CESS SILVER JUBILEE LECTURES

    S. Mahendra Dev‚ K.S. Babu (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The book carries contributions by eminent social scientists on some very important topics relating to India's economic and social development.</p> <p><br /> The volume begins with issues relating to human development, such as education, health and governance.</p> <p>This is followed by comparison of India and China development paths. In a diverse country like India, fiscal matters at State level are important. These are discussed in the section on Indian fiscal federalism.</p> <p>Another section covers issues on employment, unemployment, safety nets for the poor and social dimensions of globalisation. The volume concludes with an analysis of the recent issues in agriculture.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /111 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 238
    ISBN 9788171886753
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    IEG at Fifty

    Recollections , Retrospect and Prospect

    Institute Of Economic Growth


    About the Book

    <p>Founded in 1958 by the great academic visionary and institution-builder Professor V.K.R.V. Rao, the Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi today ranks amongst the premier research institutes of the country. It is always the people belonging to an institution who are responsible for its greatness.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Commemorating the fiftieth year of the Institute, several illustrious members of the ‘IEG family’, including present faculty, the former faculty, visiting fellows and Ph.D. students, have come forward to share their thoughts, memories and feelings for their institute—the IEG.</p> <p><br /> With 36 chapters in six parts, 17 boxes and 26 photographs, this festschrift volume also reflects the evolution of research in social sciences at the IEG during the period 1958-2007.</p> <p>These recollections and reflections together provide an interesting insight into how the institution was set up and how it has evolved and contributed to research, training, teaching and policymaking.</p> <p>The small anecdotes throughout the book—in the form of boxes, reflecting informal profiles of some distinguished academics as also aspects of campus life—provide an interesting read.</p> <p>The book would be of interest not only to economists, sociologists and all those who have been associated with the IEG in some way or the other, but also to the general reader as it makes for an absorbing read.</p>

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /112 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 386
    ISBN 9788171887156
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Money, Finance, Political Economy

    Getting it Right

    Deena Khatkhate


    About the Book

    <p>This book is a collection of essays on main issues of money and monetary policies, national and international aspects of financial policies in less developed countries, political economy of development in all its facets and reshaping of the international monetary system which were debated over the last few decades by economic theorists and the policy makers.</p> <p><br /> They reveal the author's grasp of the analytics, the nuanced reasoning underlying them, prescience on several issues such as brain-drain and profile of leadership in developing societies and deep understanding of the context in which the policies based on them have evolved over the years.</p> <p><br /> Author's discussion of some of India's economic development within the overall perspective of development economics is both fascinating and original.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /113 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2002
    Pages: 408
    ISBN 8171882404
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    A Decade of Economic Reforms in India

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /114 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2005
    Pages: 286
    ISBN 9788171887576
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy

    A Retrospective View

    Manu Shroff‚ Deena Khatkhate (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>This book of late Manu Shroff contains his assorted articles and lectures on different aspects of the Indian economy in its transition from the highly interventionist regime to a liberalised open economic system and also some international issues which had a bearing on the Indian economy.</p> <p><br /> The first part of the book focuses on the variegated dimensions of the Indian economic landscape in its current phase when his articles were published and in prospect. This imparts to his writings certain freshness, individuality and timeless relevance.</p> <p><br /> The second part addresses the international repercussions of economic development with emphasis on capital flows, international monetary issues and globalisation which all radicalised the approach to economic policy as distinct from the autarky which characterised the period up to 1980s.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /115 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 284
    ISBN 9788171887781
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India China

    A Critical Analysis of FDI Polocies And Performance

    Ashok Kundra


    About the Book

    <p>This volume offers an in-depth comparative analysis of FDI policies pursued by India and China since opening up. The nature, type, sources and direction of inflows to both the countries have been analysed exhaustively.</p> <p><br /> It is an incisive and comprehensive work which brings to fore the key differences in their policy framework, approaches and the implementation strategies.</p> <p><br /> The far reaching impact of FDI on trade, transfer of techno-logy and employment generation has been examined critically. It also explores the reasons for skewed regional distribution of FDI in both the countries.</p> <p><br /> The book articulates the role played by pragmatic policy, developed infrastructure and conducive operating environment in driving massive FDI flows into China.</p> <p><br /> The author convincingly advocates reorientation of Indian policies relating to development of infrastructure for export-oriented labour-intensive manufacture, labour laws regime and vesting of authority for investment approval in favour of state governments to accelerate the pace of FDI inflows.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The conclusions are based on rich empirical evidence supported by statistical backup. The book contains cogent and compelling arguments and interesting insights.</p> <p><br /> It will prove useful to policy planners, researchers, academicians and students of international trade.<br /> Excerpts from the Foreword:&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>"The dawn of twenty first century promises to make India one of the three largest economies in the world. Documented studies project that in the next three decades, 40% of global economic growth will come from 3 countries – US, India and China...</p> <p><br /> "At this juncture, an analysis of FDI policy pursued by India and China and their relative successes is timely. Dr. Kundra has lucidly analysed the role of policy infrastructure incentives and the operating environment for mobilising foreign investment...</p> <p><br /> "This publication gives a comprehensive assessment of the nature and direction of FDI flows and the author has made a case for making the state governments as stakeholders for a decentralised investment approval mechanism and development of robust infrastructure for export oriented FDI. The book is rich in details and analysis of various dimensions which have a bearing on an evolving FDI policy... I am sure that this volume will be a rich contribution and be of enormous interest to policy planners, researchers and students of international trade."</p> <p><strong>Anand Sharma&nbsp;<br /> Union Minister of Commerce and Industry, Government of India</strong></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /116 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 900
    ISBN 9788171887224
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Industrial Development and Globalisation

    Essays in Honour of Professor S.K. Goyal

    S.R. Hashim‚ K.S. CHALAPATI Rao‚ K.V.K. Ranganathan‚ M.R. Murthy (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The contents of this volume add useful dimensions to the ongoing debate on various issues relating to India’s transition to the new economic policy regime.The papers in this volume were written specifically for the National Conference on Industrial Development and Economic Policy Issues, organised by the Institute for Studies in Industrial Development during June 27-28, 2008.The Conference was held in honour of Professor S.K. Goyal and was anchored on his research interests. While some of the contributions deal specifically with the Indian scenario, others provide an overall context for the debate. They are thus an interesting mixture of specifics and the general.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Section I deals with the issue of industrialisation and employment especially in the context of increasing importance of the services sector and deceleration of the agricultural sector.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Section II examines the historical context of the development of corporate sector in India as well as the present ownership pattern of the sector which has direct implications for industrialisation and distributional aspects respectively.This section also deals with the developments in the banking sector.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Section III focuses on the role of foreign direct investment in development and innovation, the performance of different constituents of the corporate sector in terms of exports and India’s preparedness for a free trade agreement with China.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Section IV is about globalisation issues in general and India’s experience in this context in particular.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Section V focuses on issues relating to poverty and inequality.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Section VI covers a different set of issues namely, political and cultural dimensions of the new era.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /117 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 156
    ISBN 9789332701632
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Resurgent India

    Ideas & Priorities

    Ramgopal Agarwala‚ Rajiv Kumar‚ Rajesh Shah


    About the Book

    <p>The fundamental premise of ‘Resurgent India: Ideas and Priorities’ is that India needs a long-term strategic vision that will provide a comprehensive and consistent framework for short-term sector-specific policies. The vision, it is asserted, should shift the focus of policy-making from poverty allevia-tion to achieving prosperity for all Indians.<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">This will necessarily include all those at the bottom of the pyramid, women and children. Care is taken to ensure that the vision, as articulated in the volume, &nbsp;is rooted in Indian traditions and ground realities.</span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The&nbsp;volume&nbsp;brings&nbsp;together,&nbsp;in&nbsp;a&nbsp;pithy&nbsp;and&nbsp;succinct&nbsp;manner,&nbsp;suggestions&nbsp;received&nbsp;from&nbsp;literally&nbsp;thousands&nbsp;of&nbsp;concerned&nbsp;Indians,&nbsp;on&nbsp;how&nbsp;to&nbsp;make&nbsp;India&nbsp;one&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;top&nbsp;ranking&nbsp;economies in the world by 2050, the centenary year of the Indian Republic. The volume thus distils the collective wisdom and presents it in a form easily understood by both the common reader and policymakers.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Based on their own vast collective experience, suggestions received from political activists and combined with painstaking quantitative work, the authors make bold recommendations for almost the entire range of thematic and sector issues confronting India today.<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">These recommendations are sketched out in 22 chapters, each of which, provides a good idea of major challenges faced by the country and suggests policy measures for addressing them.</span></p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /118 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 376
    ISBN 9788171887378
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Retail in India

    Mathew Joseph‚ Nirupama Soundararajan


    About the Book

    <p>In recent times, there has been debate over the entry of large corporate houses into the retail sector in India. This study finds that both traditional and organised retail can not only coexist but also achieve rapid and sustained growth in the coming years.</p> <p><br /> The findings of this study are based on the largest ever survey of various stakeholders and an extensive review of international experience, particularly emerging countries of relevance to India.</p> <p><br /> There has been competitive response from traditional retailers through improved business practices and technology upgradation. Consumers and farmers gain considerably from the entry of organised retail.</p> <p><br /> The organised retail sector is capable of taking care of itself, but public policy needs to help create a level playing field for traditional retailers.</p> <p><br /> Based on the results of the surveys, the authors have made a number of specific policy recommendations for regulating the interaction of large retailers with small suppliers and for strengthening the competitive response of the traditional retailers.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /119 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 152
    ISBN 9788171887668
    INR 695
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Trade, Growth and Poverty Reduction

    Least Developed Countries, Landlocked Developing Countries and Small States in the Global Economic System

    T.N. Srinivasan


    About the Book

    <p>Why have the least developed countries, and other poorer countries, failed to grow as fast as other economies during recent period of globalisation?<br /> Professor Srinivasan explores the broad links between growth in income, globalisation, and poverty reduction.</p> <p><br /> He argues that past domestic and international policies have failed to serve the interests of the poorest countries, and suggests that the current array of international institution, in their unreformed state, are ill-suited to bring about the change required.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Finally he makes recommendations on needed reforms to the institutions that manage the global economic system.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /120 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 282
    ISBN 9788171887736
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Macro-Modelling for the Eleventh Five Year Plan of India

    Kirit S. Parikh


    About the Book

    <p>The Planning Commission during the Eleventh Plan made a significant departure from the past practice. Instead of relying on a single in-house model it was decided to request some of the reputed institutes in the field of economic model building to carry out modelling exercises that could be used not only for the purpose of plan formulation but also could answer some of the questions that arise from time to time such as the impact of rising oil prices on the performance of Indian economy, the impact of global meltdown, etc.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The institutes that have worked in close coordination with the Planning Commission are the National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER), New Delhi, Institute of Economic Growth (IEG), Delhi, Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research (IGIDR), Mumbai and Indian Statistical Institute (ISI), Bangalore.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume contains essays by the relevant model builders reporting on the various models used in the course of formulating the Eleventh Plan and an overview paper by Dr. Kirit S. Parikh.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /121 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 468
    ISBN 9788171887255
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Politics Triumphs Economics?

    Political Economy and the Implementation of Competition Law and Economic Regulation in Developing Countries

    Pradeep S. Mehta‚ Simon J. Evenett (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The last two decades have been marked by a sea change in the world of regulation—regulatory laws which facilitate the creation of independent regulators have been passed in many countries, both developed and developing.</p> <p><br /> However, it has been observed that mere adoption of regulatory laws is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for changes in regulatory/economic outcomes. Implementation often constitutes the crucial difference between success and failure and this is particularly true in developing countries.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The mentioned premise constitutes the starting point of this volume compiled by CUTS as a part of a project entitled the Competition Regulation and Development Research Forum (CDRF), which is a compendium of studies devoted to characterising the state of the world in regulation in developing countries and identifying the political economy and governance constraints that often frustrate the successful implementation of regulatory laws in the developing world. Such detailed identification of constraints is necessary if we are to solve the puzzle of how regulatory objectives/provisions that look so good on paper end up being so ineffective in practice.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The study will be of interest to almost the entire spectrum of professionals connected to regulation or its use: academicians, researchers, practitioners, policy makers, members of competition authorities or sector regulatory agencies etc.</p> <p><br /> It is hoped that through this volume the study of regulation in developing countries emerges as a distinct field, as it should, given that these countries have regulatory needs and constraints that differ markedly from those developed countries.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /122 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 192
    ISBN 9788171886654
    INR 595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Peter Bauer and the Economics of Prosperity

    James A. Dorn‚ Barun S. Mitra (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Peter Bauer was an unlikely revolutionary, yet he inspired a revolution in development economics.</p> <p><br /> In an environment dominated by a poverty of clear economic thought, Bauer built his theories of economic prosperity.</p> <p><br /> He fought to free the poor from the tyranny of poverty. With the recent spread of anti-market, anti-trade, and anti-migration movements in many parts of the world, it is important that we take a fresh look at the way Bauer exposed the fallacies behind these protest movements.</p> <p><br /> He showed them to be anti-poor and anti-people, and to be exacerbating global poverty. This volume is an attempt towards helping in introducing the ideas of Peter Bauer to a new generation of readers.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /123 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 172
    ISBN 9788171887507
    INR 495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India and Global Crisis

    Shankar Acharya


    About the Book

    <p>How bad is the Global Crisis? Will the Indian economy be hit hard? What can we do to protect ourselves from global turmoil? Is a growth recession inevitable? How well did we cope with the massive foreign capital inflows in the last five years? Did we follow a good exchange rate policy? What explains the surge in national savings and investment? Can we revive the economic boom of 2003-08? Do we have good roadmaps for reform of banking and finance? Do oil bonds make sense? How long can we sustain massive subsidies? Are economic disparities in India rising? Where are the new jobs? How good (or bad) is the UPA Government’s economic legacy?</p> <p><br /> In these short essays Shankar Acharya provides crisp answers to these and many other questions about India’s economic policies and performance.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /124 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2010
    Pages: 302
    ISBN 9788171888146
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Challenges to Make South Asia Free from Poverty and Deprivation

    Meeta Kumar‚ Mihir Pandey (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The South Asia Economics Students' Meet is a unique platform created in 2003-04 to give young undergraduate students of Economics an opportunity to interact academically and discuss important contemporary economic issues pertaining to South Asia. The papers in this volume were presented at the 5th Meet, held in Delhi in March 2008, on the theme “Economic Challenges to Make South Asia Free from Poverty and Deprivation.”<br /> The papers are divided into four sub-themes.&nbsp;</p> <p>Section 1: Accelerating Rural Growth and Empowering the Rural Poor</p> <p>Section 2: Investing in the Social Sector</p> <p>Section 3: Improving the Quality of Physical Infrastructure</p> <p>Section 4: Accountability, Institutions and Economic Growth</p> <p><br /> This collection of papers is special in several ways. It is topical; it not only reiterates the capabilities of the young contributors, it also reflects the quality of teaching and academics on the sub-continent. The youth of the contributors is well compensated by their intellectual maturity. This volume is the repository of the hope and effort that we have invested in our students, and in our future. It will give the reader some idea of the capabilities of our ‘future economists'.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /125 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 346
    ISBN 9788171887361
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Unexplored Keynes and Other Essays

    A Socio-Economic Miscellany

    Anand Chandavarkar


    About the Book

    <p>This book begins with an in-depth reappraisal of Keynes, the prime architect of modern economics and many-sided genius who towered as a preceptor, economic statesman, institutional architect and progenitor of the IMF and the World Bank.</p> <p>It addresses the core question: In what sense was there a Keynesian Revolution? It also reviews the least known aspects of Keynes as a civil servant, as a social philosopher, and pro bono activist in causes of conscience.</p> <p>The second part comprises assorted essays that analyse significant themes of finance, development and central banking as well as the defining aspects of colonial Indian economic history.</p> <p>It evaluates the mainsprings of economic growth, taking account of the contribution of Arthur Lewis, the Nobel Laureate and evaluates the political economy of aid.</p> <p>It argues the case for a constitutionally independent Federal Reserve Bank of India. It has an archival essay on an American economist, Ralph Whitenack, who figures as modern India’s pioneer economic adviser.</p> <p>It surveys the interface between economics and philosophy, including the economic philoso-phy of Joan Robinson, the eminent British economist and presents an agenda for inter-disciplinary collaboration.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /126 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9788171888436
    INR 1195
    For Sale in South Asia Only
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    World Economic Outlook

    Rebalancing Growth

    International Monetary Fund


    Contents in detail
  • Economics /127 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 428
    ISBN 9788171887354
    INR 1395

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India: Monetary Policy, Financial Stability and Other Essays

    C. Rangarajan


    About the Book

    <p>THE volume covers a wide spectrum of topics ranging from monetary policy and financial stability to globalisation and economic growth and social development.</p> <p><br /> The essay on "Financial Stability" though written much before the current crisis, had anticipated many of the issues that are being debated today. The essay on "Monetary Policy" argues that maintaining price stability should be the dominant objective of monetary policy.</p> <p><br /> The essay on "Globalisation" points out that India should seek to wrest maximum advantages from globalisation by identifying the comparative advantages that India possesses. In the essay “Economic Growth and Social Development”, the author pleads for an approach that weaves equity and efficiency into a coherent pattern of growth.</p> <p><br /> Economic growth and social development are the two legs on which a nation should walk. Ignoring any one leg will only mean that the nation will limp along.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book is divided into four sections: Monetary Policy and Fiscal Issues; Growth and Development; Sectoral Issues – Industry, Power, Banking and Agriculture; and External Sector and Globalisation. The book contains in all 25 essays and should interest a wide cross section of audience.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /128 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2010
    Pages: 318
    ISBN 9788171888306
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India on the Growth Turnpike

    Essays In Honour Of Vijay L. Kelkar

    Sameer Kochhar (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Vijay Laxman Kelkar has been one of the most creative, contemplative and versatile public policy makers of India.</p> <p><br /> Whether it has been articulating a vision for the role of markets and government, or stressing for the importance of a sound public sector balance sheet, or arguing for tax reform and fiscal federalism, or making simple and sound policies through consensus, his contributions are non-parallel.</p> <p><br /> The essays in this festschrift are by some of the leading economists, bankers and policy planners of India.</p> <p><br /> While saluting his visionary role in the government, they also provide an insight into some current and critical macroeconomic and finance issues.</p> <p><br /> The writings cover a broad set of topics, among them fiscal, monetary and external sector policies, infrastructure, financial inclusion and education.</p> <p><br /> This volume commemorates the conferring of the Skoch Challenger Lifetime Achievement Award 2010 on Dr. Kelkar for his unique contributions to the Indian economy in general and his key role in financial sector reforms process in particular.</p> <p><br /> This timely book will appeal to policy makers, political scientists, economists and other social scientists conducting research and teaching courses in political economy, fiscal and monetary policy, development studies, public policy and governance.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /129 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD ROM • 2006
    ISBN 8171883702
    INR 16500

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    state of the indian farmer

    A millenium study

    Ministry Of Agriculture


    About the Book

    <p>State of the Indian Farmer : A Millennium Study (published in 27 volumes along with a CD-Rom) is unique in the sense that it is focused on the ‘farmer’ — the man behind agriculture. This is the most comprehensive effort after the National Commission on Agriculture submitted its reports in 1976. These studies, on various individual themes, under this mega-project, are quite penetrating and painstaking, their authors being recognised authorities on the concerned subjects.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>A comprehensive overview of these studies by Prof. Y.K. Alagh, provides a critical appraisal of the major issues addressed in these volumes. The mega study has been further enriched by a crisp and insightful preface by Prof. C.H. Hanumantha Rao touching almost every issue concerning the Indian farmer in today's scenario.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The 27-volume study, documenting the progression of agricultural development during the last five decades, will indeed go a long way in enriching our understanding of the nuances of development process and its welfare implications. The study will certainly help the future planners, policy-makers and all those interested in the welfare of the Indian farmers and the alleviation of rural poverty.</p>

    Praise for this book

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /130 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2003
    Pages: 360
    ISBN 8171883117
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India's Manufacturing Sector

    Policy Framework


    About the Book

    <p>This publication, a first of its kind, brings together 3 top-ranking independent reports, outlining a comprehensive manufacturing policy framework for India. Painstakingly prepared by three of the respected institutions, namely :&nbsp;<strong>Andersen Business Consulting, IIM - Lucknow and IIT - Madras</strong>, these full-length reports are certainly expected to contribute significantly towards orchestrating the formulation of the much needed&nbsp;<strong>National Manufacturing Sector Policy for India.</strong></p>

    Praise for this book

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /131 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 96
    ISBN 9789332701311
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Migration, Spawning Patterns and Conservation of Hilsa Shad in Bangladesh and India

    Dewan Ali Ahsan‚ M Niamul Naser‚ Utpal Bhaumik‚ Sugata Hazra‚ Subhra Bikash Bhattacharya (Eds.)


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /132 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2014
    Pages: 104
    ISBN 9789332701304
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Inland Navigation and Integrated Water Resources Management

    Maminul Haque Sarker‚ Shampa‚ R M Nair‚ Jakia Akter‚ Syed Monowar Hossain


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /133 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 412
    ISBN 9789332701922
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Saving and Investment Propensity of Farm Households

    Evidences from India

    S. Bisaliah‚ S. Mahendra Dev‚ Syed Saifullah‚ Dhritisree Sarkar‚ Aditi Chaubal


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /134 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2015
    Pages: 123
    ISBN 9789332703049
    INR 1000

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    To Choose Our Future

    Ashok Khosla


    About the Book

    <p>Since its birth in 1947, India has made enormous progress. More people than ever before in our history have longer, healthier and more fulfilling lives. Rapid gains in agriculture, industry, energy production and infrastructure have brought the benefits of modern science to a large segment of the population. And our economy now makes available to our growing middle class comforts and possibilities that they could never have dreamt of at the time of our tryst with destiny.</p> <p>Yet, we also have more people who are poor, hungry and deprived than ever before. And the environmental resources – the soils, the rivers, the aquifers, the forests - on which they depend are rapidly degenerating, leaving more and more people subsisting on less and less. There is growing evidence that the environmental and resource costs being paid by the nation are eating more and more heavily into the benefits that we are getting from the present patterns of development.</p> <p>To Choose Our Future describes alternative development strategies that can enable us to pass on to our children – all our nation’s children - a more prosperous, vibrant and sustainable India than today. In looking at the various options we have for how our nation will be when it is 100 years old. It draws upon lessons from 30 years of work on sustainable national development, led by Development Alternatives under the Chairmanship of Dr. Ashok Khosla. The book presents some basic scenarios of the future to enable the people and decision makers of our country consciously to make better informed choices among possible pathways that will lead to sustainable outcomes in the least possible time – for the greatest common benefit, and at least overall cost.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><em>The book identifies the single most important priority for India today: creating sustainable livelihoods on a large scale.</em></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /135 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 554
    ISBN 9789332701588
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Centre-State Relations in Indian Fiscal Context

    Essays in honour of B.P.R. Vithal

    C.H. HANUMANTHA Rao‚ R. Radhakrishna‚ S. Galab‚ N. Sreedevi (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>There is a growing realisation that long-term business success can only be achieved by companies that recognise Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)<br /> as part of the process of wealth creation and as providing a competitive advantage. This volume is a compilation of the CSR initiatives of various organisations. It presents the 21st century best practices and the dynamics of CSR for practitioners, academicians and researchers. This book is a sincere&nbsp;<br /> attempt to guide decision-makers in the area of CSR and help them to rethink their CSR practices.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /136 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 424
    ISBN 9789332701885
    INR 1395

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Food Policy for Developing Countries

    The Role of Government in Global, National, and Local Food Systems

    Per Pinstrup- Andersen‚ Derrill D. Watson


    Praise for this book

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /137 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 414
    ISBN 9789332701700
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Looking Back at Macroeconomics 101

    A Ringside View of the Global Financial Crisis from Asia in Real Time

    Alok Sheel


    About the Book

    <p>A perspective from Asia on the global financial crisis as it unfolded in real time, and, in the process redefined several prevailing macro-economic paradigms.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Written by a policy maker with a good knowledge of economics and history who participated in G20 debates on crisis management, it is addressed primarily to the interested layperson, including students who feel their textbooks do not adequately explain the real world. It should also be of interest to subject specialists. The anomalies in the process of fitting fact to theory are littered liberally throughout.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Although the central theme is the recent global financial crisis, the book is very broad in sweep with the overarching objective of locating the crisis amidst the broad sweep of economic history, a changing world and policy &nbsp;debates. Structured in a manner that sits easy on the reader, it need not be read from beginning to end. The reader can complete the book without breaking into a sweat, with the big picture in its rich, full detail falling into place frame by frame.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /138 of 419
    Economics

    Paper Back • 2008
    Pages: 854
    ISBN 9788171887088
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence 19th ed.

    A Comprehensive and Critical Analysis of the Indian Economy Since Independence : 1947-2006

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Revised every year, and now into its 18th edition, this unique book is widely accepted as the core text for graduate/post-graduate courses in Indian economy, in various universities across India.</p> <p>The book is essentially, a collection of select articles by some of India's topmost economists and experts. These highly recommended original readings are well supported by editorial notes and excerpts from plan documents, that together present a comprehensive and critical analysis of Indian economy since independence: 1947-2008.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /139 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover + CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 9788171886548
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments In India : Volume - 114

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Economic Developments in India (EDI) was launched in 1998. Ever since, one volume is published every month. Each volume of EDI comprises a hard-bound book plus a CD-ROM. Salient features include: latest articles by top economists and experts; complete (full-length) reports &amp; policy documents; current at-a-glance statistics and policy updates. EDI is an authentic and 'truly unique' ready-reference resource—a full-fledged 'Economic Information System'. The dual format (hardcopy + digital) further enhance the utility of this publication.</p> <p><br /> Yes ! Indeed, the combination of 'Book and a CD-ROM' proves extremely powerful and versatile, especially when the two forms of media are selectively made to carry different forms of information. Hence, the hard-copy (i.e. the book) presents crisp articles and short summaries while the digital format (CD-ROM) takes care of voluminous reports and documents with sophisticated search facility and printout options. This way, easy readability and comprehensiveness go hand in hand to make this publication compact and preservable.</p> <p><br /> Today, EDI is valued and subscribed by users across a wide cross-section of highly reputed organisation which include: government departments/regulatory authorities, PSUs, Indian corporate sector / business houses, multinational industrial corporations, embassies and foreign missions, banks / financial institutions, consultancy organisations, apex bodies, trade promoting agencies, state financial and industrial development corporations, economic research centres, management institutions, universities and colleges, and so on...</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /140 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188640X
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments In India : Volume - 109

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Economic Developments in India (EDI) was launched in 1998. Ever since, one volume is published every month. Each volume of EDI comprises a hard-bound book plus a CD-ROM. Salient features include: latest articles by top economists and experts; complete (full-length) reports &amp; policy documents; current at-a-glance statistics and policy updates. EDI is an authentic and 'truly unique' ready-reference resource—a full-fledged 'Economic Information System'. The dual format (hardcopy + digital) further enhance the utility of this publication.</p> <p>Yes ! Indeed, the combination of 'Book and a CD-ROM' proves extremely powerful and versatile, especially when the two forms of media are selectively made to carry different forms of information. Hence, the hard-copy (i.e. the book) presents crisp articles and short summaries while the digital format (CD-ROM) takes care of voluminous reports and documents with sophisticated search facility and printout options. This way, easy readability and comprehensiveness go hand in hand to make this publication compact and preservable.</p> <p>Today, EDI is valued and subscribed by users across a wide cross-section of highly reputed organisation which include: government departments/regulatory authorities, PSUs, Indian corporate sector / business houses, multinational industrial corporations, embassies and foreign missions, banks / financial institutions, consultancy organisations, apex bodies, trade promoting agencies, state financial and industrial development corporations, economic research centres, management institutions, universities and colleges, and so on...</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /141 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 9788171886777
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments In India : Volume - 117

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Economic Developments in India (EDI) was launched in 1998. Ever since, one volume is published every month. Each volume of EDI comprises a hard-bound book plus a CD-ROM. Salient features include: latest articles by top economists and experts; complete (full-length) reports &amp; policy documents; current at-a-glance statistics and policy updates. EDI is an authentic and 'truly unique' ready-reference resource—a full-fledged 'Economic Information System'. The dual format (hardcopy + digital) further enhance the utility of this publication.</p> <p>Yes ! Indeed, the combination of 'Book and a CD-ROM' proves extremely powerful and versatile, especially when the two forms of media are selectively made to carry different forms of information. Hence, the hard-copy (i.e. the book) presents crisp articles and short summaries while the digital format (CD-ROM) takes care of voluminous reports and documents with sophisticated search facility and printout options. This way, easy readability and comprehensiveness go hand in hand to make this publication compact and preservable.</p> <p>Today, EDI is valued and subscribed by users across a wide cross-section of highly reputed organisation which include: government departments/regulatory authorities, PSUs, Indian corporate sector / business houses, multinational industrial corporations, embassies and foreign missions, banks / financial institutions, consultancy organisations, apex bodies, trade promoting agencies, state financial and industrial development corporations, economic research centres, management institutions, universities and colleges, and so on...</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /142 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 9788171886692
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments In India : Volume - 116

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Economic Developments in India (EDI) was launched in 1998. Ever since, one volume is published every month. Each volume of EDI comprises a hard-bound book plus a CD-ROM. Salient features include: latest articles by top economists and experts; complete (full-length) reports &amp; policy documents; current at-a-glance statistics and policy updates. EDI is an authentic and 'truly unique' ready-reference resource—a full-fledged 'Economic Information System'. The dual format (hardcopy + digital) further enhance the utility of this publication.</p> <p>Yes ! Indeed, the combination of 'Book and a CD-ROM' proves extremely powerful and versatile, especially when the two forms of media are selectively made to carry different forms of information. Hence, the hard-copy (i.e. the book) presents crisp articles and short summaries while the digital format (CD-ROM) takes care of voluminous reports and documents with sophisticated search facility and printout options. This way, easy readability and comprehensiveness go hand in hand to make this publication compact and preservable.</p> <p>Today, EDI is valued and subscribed by users across a wide cross-section of highly reputed organisation which include: government departments/regulatory authorities, PSUs, Indian corporate sector / business houses, multinational industrial corporations, embassies and foreign missions, banks / financial institutions, consultancy organisations, apex bodies, trade promoting agencies, state financial and industrial development corporations, economic research centres, management institutions, universities and colleges, and so on..</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /143 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 9788171886609
    INR 695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments In India : Volume - 115

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Economic Developments in India (EDI) was launched in 1998. Ever since, one volume is published every month. Each volume of EDI comprises a hard-bound book plus a CD-ROM. Salient features include: latest articles by top economists and experts; complete (full-length) reports &amp; policy documents; current at-a-glance statistics and policy updates. EDI is an authentic and 'truly unique' ready-reference resource—a full-fledged 'Economic Information System'. The dual format (hardcopy + digital) further enhance the utility of this publication.</p> <p>Yes ! Indeed, the combination of 'Book and a CD-ROM' proves extremely powerful and versatile, especially when the two forms of media are selectively made to carry different forms of information. Hence, the hard-copy (i.e. the book) presents crisp articles and short summaries while the digital format (CD-ROM) takes care of voluminous reports and documents with sophisticated search facility and printout options. This way, easy readability and comprehensiveness go hand in hand to make this publication compact and preservable.</p> <p>Today, EDI is valued and subscribed by users across a wide cross-section of highly reputed organisation which include: government departments/regulatory authorities, PSUs, Indian corporate sector / business houses, multinational industrial corporations, embassies and foreign missions, banks / financial institutions, consultancy organisations, apex bodies, trade promoting agencies, state financial and industrial development corporations, economic research centres, management institutions, universities and colleges, and so on...</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /144 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2008
    Pages: 240
    ISBN 8171886280
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India: Some Aspects of Economic and Social Development

    The Cess Silver Jubilee Lectures

    S. Mahendra Dev‚ K.S. Babu (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The book carries contributions by eminent social scientists on some very important topics relating to India's economic and social development.<br /> The volume begins with issues relating to human development, such as education, health and governance. This is followed by comparison of India and China development paths. In a diverse country like India, fiscal matters at State level are important. These are discussed in the section on Indian fiscal federalism. Another section covers issues on employment, unemployment, safety nets for the poor and social dimensions of globalisation. The volume concludes with an analysis of the recent issues in agriculture.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /145 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2008
    Pages: 192
    ISBN 9788171886920
    INR 595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    World Economic Situation and Prospects 2008

    United Nations


    About the Book

    <p>According to WESP 2008, the world economy is facing serious challenges in sustaining the strong pace of economic growth seen over the past few years. While the baseline forecast is for world economic growth to moderate somewhat in 2008, the risks associated with the bursting of the housing bubble in the United States, the related unfolding credit crisis, the decline of the dollar, large global imbalances and high oil prices are all pointing to the downside. The report draws some lessons from the global financial turmoil of 2007, which was triggered by the meltdown of sub-prime mortgages in the United States, and points out that the various measures adopted by central banks of the major economies did not address the root causes of the turmoil: the huge global imbalances. In an alternative scenario, which takes into account the possibility of a sharper-than-expected decline in house prices in the United States and a hard landing of the US dollar, the United States economy would fall into a recession, while global growth would be significantly lower than the baseline. In addition to trends in international trade and capital flows, WESP 2008 also covers the latest progress and policy issues related to international trade negotiations and reform of the international financial system.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /146 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2008-09
    Pages: 604
    ISBN 9788171887101
    INR 745

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy

    Performance and Policies

    Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <p>This book is specially Designed to serve as a textbook for the students of B.Com (Hons.) &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> New, thoroughly revised edition, 2006-2007<br /> Based on latest recommended readings (restructured cource)<br /> Designed to serve as a textbook for B.Com (H), this book was perviously entitled: Understanding the Problems of Indian Economy.<br /> HERE’s the new, revised edition of the widely accepted textbook (Indian economy paper) for B.Com (Hons.) Delhi University and other universities. The book, under its present new title, is based on the ‘restructured syllabus’ incorporating the revised reading list.</p> <p>In accordance with the new syllabus, the book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under 5 sections:</p> <p>Basic Issues in Economic Development</p> <p>Indian Economy at Independence</p> <p>Policy Regimes</p> <p>Growth, Development and Structural Change</p> <p>Sectoral Trends and Issues</p> <p>The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the original readings recommended for the new course (many of these being available in her edited book Indian Economy Since Independence, now into its 19th edition and also the latest volume: India's Economic Developments Since 1947, 3rd edition, 2008-09).</p> <p>In the present volume, the author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. Data has been updated and new references added at several places beside thorough revision of the basic text.</p> <p>Additionally, inclusion of important questions at the end of various sections and a ‘Glossary’ make the book an ‘ideal’ text in its category.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /147 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2015
    Pages: 533
    ISBN 9789332703162
    INR 745

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy

    Performance and Policies

    Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <p>HERE’s the new, 16th Edition of the widely accepted textbook<br /> (Indian economy paper) for B.Com (Hons.) based on new guidelines (restructured course), incorporating the latest readings recommened by the Department of Economics, University of Delhi.<br /> The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under five sections:<br /> I.Basic Issues in economic development: institutional framework and policy regimes;<br /> II.Growth and distributional issues: poverty, inequality and employment;<br /> III.Current perspectives in Indian agriculture: growth, productivity, constraints and pricing;<br /> IV.Industry and services sector;<br /> V.Financial sector and the external sector.<br /> The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the original readings recommended for the new course, some of these being available in her edited books: Indian Economy Since Indepen-dence, 26th Ed. 2015-16 and Two Decades of Economic Reforms, 2012.<br /> In the present volume, the author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. The book also carries a compre-hensive Glossary. Apart from undergraduate students, the book is widely used by students preparing for the IAS and other competitive examinations.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /148 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2015
    Pages: 1112
    ISBN 9789332703186
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence

    A comprehensive and critical analysis of India’s economy, 1947-2015

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)

    26 Edition



    About the Book

    <p>&nbsp; &nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /149 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 182
    ISBN 9789332703131
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Towards Economic Crisis (2012-14) and Beyond

    Shankar Acharya


    About the Book

    <p>WHY did India’s stellar economic growth at 8 per cent plus in the eight years, 2003-2011, collapse to 5 per cent or less by 2012-13? What were the key policy failures, of commission and omission,that brought about this sharp slowdown? Now, in 2015, with a new government with a seemingly strong political mandate, why is it proving so difficult to revive the earlier strong momentum of economic development? How should the new government tackle the deep legacy problems of the past? In the new global context, is slower economic growth inevitable?<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;These are some of the many critical economic issues explored in the 39 essays by Shankar Acharya, written in the three and a half years between November 2011 and July 2015.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /150 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 224
    ISBN 9789332703148
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Mainstreaming the Marginalised

    Reflections on Poverty and Developments in the Rural India

    Vijay Shankar Vyas


    About the Book

    <p>Some of the questions asked in the context of contemporary economic development in India are: Why despite high rate of growth for nearly a decade there has not been any major reduction in the number of the poor households? Why despite high growth, dependence on the agriculture has not declined in any measurable way? Why the country with burgeoning stocks of food- grains, not able to eliminate hunger and reduce malnutrition? Why with all the relevant institutions in place the delivery systems are not able to reach the ‘last man’? Why country’s democratic institutions are faltering? In various essays collected in this book, attempt is made to answer some of these questions.&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /151 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 290
    ISBN 9789332703087
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economically Speaking

    Indira Rajaraman


    About the Book

    <p>This collection of essays presents the unfolding of economic policy in India and the world over the momentous years from 2010 to 2015, under the overarching shadow of the great global crash of 2008, the aftershocks of which continue to rattle us to the present day. It was a period of brewing discontent which erupted into major street demonstrations in India against corruption in 2011, and the Occupy Wall Street movement in the developed world against corporate greed. Each essay investigates the structural underpinnings of a headline issue, trying to bring out connectivities across the seemingly unrelated. New entrants into the labour force, on their journey towards skills and jobs, will find that the book opens their eyes to how live issues of the day can be better understood when subordinated to economic examination and logic.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /152 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 666
    ISBN 9789332703360
    INR 1695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:academic foundation
    Brochure

    Vicissitudes of Agriculture in the Fast Growing Indian Economy

    Challenges, Strategies and the Way Forward

    C. Ramasamy‚ K.R. Ashok (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This edited volume was one of the&nbsp;significant activities planned and&nbsp;organised as part of the Platinum&nbsp;Jubilee (2015) Conference of the&nbsp;Indian Society of Agricultural&nbsp;Economics (ISAE). Comprising 28&nbsp;chapters including the Introduction,&nbsp;it presents scholarly works describing&nbsp;the vicissitudes and structural crisis&nbsp;which Indian agriculture is subject&nbsp;to in recent times and likely to&nbsp;encounter in the future—both in&nbsp;the short and the long run. The&nbsp;chapters are categorised into six&nbsp;broad development issues, namely,&nbsp;(i) structural transformation of&nbsp;agricultural sector, (ii) issues related&nbsp;to agricultural growth, (iii) agricultural&nbsp;policy and institutions, (iv) food&nbsp;security issues, (v) agricultural&nbsp;markets and prices, and (vi) natural&nbsp;resource management for agriculture.&nbsp;The array of topics covered in the&nbsp;volume would be found very useful&nbsp;by the researchers, students, teachers,&nbsp;scholars, policy makers besides other&nbsp;stakeholders in Indian agriculture.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /153 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2015
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332703070
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Vol. 208

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /154 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2015
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332703063
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 207

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /155 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2015
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332703025
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 206

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /156 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2015
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332701960
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 205

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /157 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2015
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332701915
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 204

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /158 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2015
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332701878
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 203

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /159 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover+CD • 2014
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332701847
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 201

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /160 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2014
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332701625
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 198

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /161 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 9789332700055
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 180

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /162 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 9789332700048
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 179

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /163 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332700031
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 178

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /164 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332700024
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 177

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /165 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332700017
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 176

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /166 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332700000
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 175

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /167 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889980
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 174

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /168 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889972
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 173

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /169 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889891
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 172

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /170 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889808
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 171

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /171 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889794
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 170

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /172 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2012
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889786
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 169

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /173 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 817188959X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 168

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /174 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889557
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 167

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /175 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 817188945X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 166

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /176 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889441
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 165

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /177 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889433
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 164

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /178 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889425
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 163

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /179 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889409
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 162

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /180 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889360
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 161

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /181 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889328
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 160

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /182 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889034
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 159

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /183 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171889018
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 158

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /184 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 817188900X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 157

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /185 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2011
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888925
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 156

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /186 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888909
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 155

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /187 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888925
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 154

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /188 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888771
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 153

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /189 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888925
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 152

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /190 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888763
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 151

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /191 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888712
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 150

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /192 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888224
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 143

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /193 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888216
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 142

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /194 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888186
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 141

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /195 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888151
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 140

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">other supplementary reference material.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /196 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888135
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 139

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">other supplementary reference material.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /197 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888127
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 138

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /198 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 817188802X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 137

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /199 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 81-7188-796-1
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 136

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /200 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888623
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 149

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /201 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888461
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 147

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p><br /> Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /202 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888372
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 146

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /203 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2010
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888283
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 145

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /204 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2009
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171888240
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 144

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /205 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171887740
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 135

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    Praise for this book

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /206 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887554
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 131

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">other supplementary reference material.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /207 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887422
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 127

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">other supplementary reference material.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /208 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188718X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 125

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained&nbsp;<span style="line-height: 1.6em;">analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of&nbsp;</span><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">other supplementary reference material.</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /209 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886949
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 120

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /210 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188699X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 122

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /211 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188699X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 124

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /212 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887406
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 126

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /213 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887473
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 128

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /214 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886914
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 119

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /215 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886809
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 118

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /216 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188749X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 130

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /217 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887562
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 132

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /218 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887619
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 133

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /219 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2008
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171887686
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 134

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /220 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886957
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 121

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /221 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885918
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 101

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /222 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 817188606X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 102

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /223 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886086
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 104

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /224 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886124
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 105

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /225 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886175
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 106

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /226 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886205
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 107

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /227 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886388
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 108

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /228 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886434
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 110

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /229 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886450
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 111

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /230 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886469
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 112

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /231 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2007
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171886515
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 113

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports/Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /232 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 390
    ISBN 8171885810
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 100

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /233 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884342
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 79

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /234 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884350
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 80

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /235 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884393
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 81

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /236 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884296
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 82

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /237 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884423
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 83

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /238 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884504
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 84

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /239 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188458X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 85

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /240 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884725
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 86

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /241 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884733
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 87

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /242 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188475X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 88

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /243 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884784
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 89

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /244 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884822
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 90

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /245 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884954
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 91

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /246 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885020
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 92

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila (Eds.) • Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /247 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885187
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 93

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /248 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885195
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 94

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /249 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885233
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 95

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /250 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2005
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885292
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 96

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /251 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885578
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 97

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /252 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885624
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 98

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /253 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2006
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171885667
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 99

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /254 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2014
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 9789332701854
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 202

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /255 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 817188413X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 78

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /256 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 256
    ISBN 8171884105
    INR 195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 77

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /257 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171884024
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 76

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /258 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883915
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 75

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /259 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883672
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 74

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /260 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883613
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 73

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /261 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2004
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883540
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 72

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /262 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883532
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 71

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /263 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171883494
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 70

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /264 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171883443
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 69

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /265 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883435
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 68

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /266 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883400
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 67

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /267 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883362
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 66

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /268 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883273
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 65

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /269 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883168
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 64

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /270 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171883109
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 63

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /271 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883087
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 62

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /272 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171883044
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 61

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /273 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171882927
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 60

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /274 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171882951
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 59

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /275 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2003
    Pages: 319
    ISBN 8171882927
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 58

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /276 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882897
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 57

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /277 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171882862
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 56

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /278 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 171882803
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 55

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /279 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882773
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 54

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /280 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882749
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 53

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /281 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 817188265X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 52

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /282 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2002
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882617
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 51

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /283 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882595
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 50

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /284 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882579
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 49

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /285 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882455
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 48

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /286 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882420
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 47

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /287 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882250
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 46

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /288 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882250
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 45

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /289 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882366
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 44

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /290 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882293
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 43

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    N. Jayaram‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /291 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882293
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 42

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /292 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882250
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 41

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /293 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 817188220X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 40

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /294 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882196
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 39

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /295 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 817188217X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 38

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /296 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882161
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 37

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /297 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882110
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 36

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /298 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882099
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 35

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /299 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882064
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 34

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /300 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882056
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 33

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /301 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171882048
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 32

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /302 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 2001
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881920
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 31

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /303 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881963
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 30

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /304 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881920
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 29

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /305 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881890
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 28

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /306 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881874
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 27

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /307 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 817188184X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 26

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /308 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 195
    ISBN 8171881793
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 25

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /309 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881777
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 24

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /310 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881718
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 23

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /311 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 817188170X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 22

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /312 of 419


    Hard-cover • 2000
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881696
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 21

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /313 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881688
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 20

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /314 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881629
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 19

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /315 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881610
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 18

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /316 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881602
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 17

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /317 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881580
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 16

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /318 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881548
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 15

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /319 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 817188153X
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 14

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /320 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881521
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 13

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /321 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1999
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881513
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 12

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /322 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881491
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 11

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /323 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881483
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 10

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /324 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881475
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 9

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /325 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881467
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 8

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /326 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881459
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 7

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /327 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881416
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 6

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /328 of 419


    Hard-cover+CD • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881416
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 5

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /329 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881408
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 4

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /330 of 419


    Hard-cover • 1998
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 8171881394
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Developments in India : Volume - 3

    Analysis, Reports, Policy Documents

    Raj Kapila‚ Uma Kapila (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Launched in 1998, Economic Developments in India (EDI) was, until now, a unique monthly publication in hard-bound book format, and contained analytical articles by eminent economists/experts, along with important Reports / Documents prepared by government/non-govt. organisations in India and abroad. The enhanced version of EDI, while retaining all the existing features, now adds another dimension to the range and depth of economic information published in a single monthly issue. From volume-31, every monthly hard-cover volume of EDI is also carrying a Compact Disc (CD). Thanks to the high storage capacity of the digital media, this has enable us to give a whole lot of additional important information. So far, in case of very large documents, the hard-copy carries the executive summary only. From volume- 31, the user-friendly CD stores the full-text of the documents and a host of other supplementary reference material.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /331 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 140
    ISBN 9789332703773
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    What Does it Mean to be a Liberal in India

    Ronald Meinardus (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Liberalism in India may be characterised by just three words: “Pseudo, exclusive and misunderstood”, writes one of our authors. This collection of essays wants to unravel the misunderstandings. Young citizens share their views on what it means to be a liberal in India—a nation in the midst of historic transformation affecting all spheres of life and leaving many in search for a suitable political paradigm to guide the way into the future.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> Does liberalism hold the answers? And: What is liberalism in an Indian context? Our 19 prize winning authors share their thoughts on these queries and touch on different aspects affecting their lives: politics, the economy, society and religion, sexuality and morality, to name but the most important.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> As an antithesis to dogmatism, liberalism does not provide one-fits-all solutions to the challenges of humanity. Also in this book, you will note the intellectual diversity of India’s vibrant liberal discourse. Bridging the plurality of ideas and positions is the conviction that freedom of the individual stands as the cornerstone of all liberal aspirations.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /332 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2016
    Pages: 508
    ISBN 9789332703766
    INR 745
    Special Price: INR 425
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy

    Performance and Policies (New 17th Edition)

    Uma Kapila

    Actual Price: INR 495



    About the Book

    <p>HERE’s the new, 17th Edition of the widely accepted textbook on Indian Economy for undergraduate students (BA and BCom Hons.) incorporating the latest recommended readings. The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under five sections:<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;I.&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Basic issues in economic development: institutional framework<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;and policy regimes;<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;II.&nbsp;&nbsp; Growth and distributional issues: poverty, inequality<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;and employment;<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;III.&nbsp;&nbsp;Current perspectives in Indian agriculture: growth, productivity,<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;constraints and pricing;<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;IV. &nbsp;Industry and services sector;<br /> &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;V.&nbsp;&nbsp; Financial sector and the external sector.<br /> The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the latest original readings recommended for the undergraduate courses, some of these being available in her edited books: Indian Economy Since Independence, 27th Edition (2016-17), Indian Econo-mic Development Since 1947 (2016-17 Edition) and Indian Economy: Economic Development and Policy (2016 Edition).&nbsp;<br /> In the present volume, author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. The book also carries a comprehensive Glossary.&nbsp;<br /> Apart from undergraduate students, the book is widely used by students preparing for the IAS and other competitive examinations.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /333 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2016
    Pages: 494
    ISBN 9789332703735
    INR 425
    Special Price: INR 425
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economic Development Since 1947

    2016-17 EDITION

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)

    Actual Price: INR 495



    About the Book

    <p>Reference Text for BA (Hons) Economics (Course 15), University of Delhi</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /334 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2016
    Pages: 578
    ISBN 9789332703742
    INR 425
    Special Price: INR 425
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy

    Economic Development and Policy (2016-17)

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)

    Actual Price: INR 495



    About the Book

    <p><span style="line-height: 1.6em;">This book has been designed to cover the course content of Indian Economy paper for the students of B.A. Programme and B.A. (Hons.) other than Economics, including B. Com (Hons.). The book, in five sections, aims to provide comprehensive coverage of the Indian economy as per the course outline with original readings as recommended.</span></p> <p>Section I discusses the issues in growth, development and sustainability and factors in development followed by economic development in India since Independence (Section II). Section III is devoted to growth and structural change in Indian economy. Section IV provides an assessment of Indian development experience covering critical evaluation of growth, inequality, poverty, employment and unemployment. Section V looks into a comparative picture of Indian economy.</p> <p>The analysis and discussion covering these 5 sections in 20 chapters include contributors by economics and experts in their respective fields.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /335 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 246
    ISBN 9789332703841
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Shaping India’s Future

    Essays in Memory of Abid Hussain

    Deepak Nayyar‚ Rana Hasan (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This volume seeks to honour the lifelong passion and commitment of Abid Hussain—a distinguished civil servant, a diplomat, and a concerned citizen of India who contributed to the public sphere in a wide range of areas—for a better India. It includes nine essays covering contemporary issues in economic policy, governance, and society that will shape India’s future over the coming decades. Among the key messages of the essays are that India needs a developmental State that thoughtfully intervenes in the market and economic policies guided by the imperative of generating good jobs. These policies need to be set within the context of Union-State relations underpinned by an appropriate mix of cooperative and competitive federalism and a political order where India’s liberal democracy strives to relieve individuals from the burden of compulsory identities and stresses individual rights. This volume also consists of seven tributes to Abid Hussain by eminent scholars and policymakers.</p> <p>Essays<br /> DIPANKAR GUPTA<br /> RANA HASAN<br /> ABID HUSSAIN<br /> RAJIV KUMAR<br /> PRATAP BHANU MEHTA<br /> RAKESH MOHAN<br /> SUDIPTO MUNDLE<br /> DEEPAK NAYYAR<br /> Y.V. REDDY</p> <p>Tributes<br /> JAGDISH BHAGWATI<br /> NITIN DESAI<br /> PRATAP BHANU MEHTA<br /> DEEPAK NAYYAR<br /> ARVIND PANAGARIYA<br /> JAIRAM RAMESH<br /> Y.V. REDDY</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /336 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 162
    ISBN 9789332703902
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India 2047

    Voices of the Young

    Bibek Debroy (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>From the foreword:<br /> “...kudos to Bibek Debroy and Niti Aayog for finding this very appropriate and distinctive forum to elicit the views of those who will matter the most: the young. William Faulkner famously said “The past is not dead; it is not even past.” Midnight’s great grandchildren and their children, in whose hands and minds lies India’s destiny, vehemently disagree.”&nbsp;<br /> — <strong>Arvind Subramanian&nbsp;</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; Chief Economic Advisor, Government of India</p> <p><br /> The National Institution for Transforming India, also called NITI Aayog, is the premier policy ‘Think Tank’ of the Government of India, providing both directional and policy inputs. Niti Aayog has an initiative known as the Young Professionals (YPs) programme. Some YPs join Niti Aayog immediately after completing higher education others have a few years of experience and come from a diverse and varied background (in terms of region, ethnicity, gender, caste and religion). 20 YPs were invited to write brief essays on what they would like India to be like in 2047, focusing on what interested them personally and individually. This volume is the result, reflecting the voices of the young. A ubiquitous strand of bullishness and optimism runs through all the essays; there are also concerns about equity and injustice. Though this is no more than a wish list, everyone agrees that India in 2047 will be different, in ways that one can’t even begin to imagine.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /337 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 150
    ISBN 9789332703971
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Demonetisation

    The Economists Speak

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>Demonetisation has come to describe in India one economic decision that shook a billion people from the very moment it was announced by Prime Minister Narendra Modi on 8th November 2016; from the manifestation shrouded in secrecy, the rationale, the aftermath, the short and the long term economic impact, the social and political fall-out, and much more.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Endless animated discussions in virtually every kind of group at any kind of place, unending serpentine queues at banks and ATMs, continuous news headlines for days and weeks, countless speeches, reactions and counter-arguments, a stalled parliament—India’s recent demonetisation has indeed unfolded at an unprecedented scale.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Amidst the din and cacophony, it makes a lot of sense to make available to the reader, a bunch of authentic writings by noted economists/scholars, and policymakers on how they view demonetisation. Sure to enlighten, this reader friendly book edited by Uma Kapila serves to offer just that.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /338 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 326
    ISBN 9789332703889
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Development and Taxation

    60 Critical Commentaries

    Parthasarathi Shome


    About the Book

    <p>This volume is a collection of selected critical commentaries on various aspects of the Indian and global economies. The author has used a mix of verbal and graphical tools, comprising his thoughts on economic, political economy and social challenges and incorporating analysis, conclusions, and recommendations on those issues. The articles address macroeconomic concerns including the estimation of GDP, savings and growth, inflation and interest rates, financial markets, demonitisation of the currency, land acquisition, and others. They analyse fiscal policy and taxation matters including tax evasion and corruption, and the struggle to improve the ease of doing business. Emerging international economic relations including United Kingdom’s leaving the European Union and India’s economic and strategic relations with Japan, China, Latin America, and, last but not least, with Pakistan, are addressed. Issues emerging from the Group of 20 Nations (G20) are not ignored. On socio-economic aspects,&nbsp;India’s challenges and failures in designing and implementing a range of socio-economic policies are addressed. Health and palliative care, cleaning up India, quality deterioration in the Indian Railways, and the failure to educate Indian youth, are taken up. A selection of&nbsp;essays with political economy and socio-historical perspectives concludes with a final philosophical note—that thoughts can comprise ideas, thus summing up,&nbsp;as it were, the overall stance in the narrative of the included commentaries.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /339 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 150
    ISBN 9789332703834
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Counting the Poor in India

    Where Do We Stand

    S. Mahendra Dev‚ C. Rangarajan


    About the Book

    <p>There has been a considerable amount of debate on how to measure poverty. To review and take a fresh look at the methodology for measurements of poverty, the Government of India appointed an Expert Group (Rangarajan Committee) in June 2012. This book contains the Report of the Expert Group and four other articles which were written subsequently to explain some of the issues that were raised after the publication of the Report.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>One should choose that poverty line which reflects a carefully calculated minimum level of food and non food requirements. Rangarajan Committee computed a fresh basket in the light of the most recently available minimum requirements of food. It did not simply update an earlier basket using price indices. Also for the first time, minimum non-food requirements for certain categories were included in determining the basket. The four papers of the book discusses various issues on poverty measurement including comparison of Socio Economic Caste Census (SECC) data, estimates of poverty using different cut-off points and the impact of public expenditure on health and education on poverty. &nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /340 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 240
    ISBN 9789332703797
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India and the World

    Essays on Geoeconomics and Foreign Policy

    Sanjaya Baru


    About the Book

    <p>In 2016 India became the world’s fastest growing large economy, overtaking China. India’s resurgence has renewed global interest in the geopolitical implications of India’s economic rise. Sanjaya Baru’s book explores India’s evolving geoeconomic relations with the West and with Asia, particularly China, in the aftermath of the global financial crisis of 2008-09.&nbsp;</p> <p>These essays analyse the influence of business and trade on foreign policy, India’s approach to multilateralism and the relevance of regional trade integration for the Indian economy and South Asia. The essays were written after Baru served a term in the Prime Minister’s Office in New Delhi as a key advisor to Prime Minister Manmohan Singh during India’s negotiation of a civil nuclear energy agreement with the United States. They show the author’s intimate knowledge of India’s external economic policies, acquired from his vantage position as an influential newspaper editor and an advisor to the Prime Minister.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /341 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 766
    ISBN 9789332703711
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Flagship Programmes

    Impact, Problems and Challenges Ahead

    K.P. Kumaran‚ P.K. Nath‚ K. Prabhakar‚ N. Kalpalatha (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Eleventh Five Year Plan laid special emphasis on inclusive growth with social justice and empowerment of weaker sections. This resulted in introduction of several flagship programmes with focus on welfare of the poor. This volume is an outcome of the national seminar organised by National Institute of Rural Development and Panchayati Raj, Hyderabad, to understand the efficacy of flagship programmes and to improve the process involved in their planning and implementation. Most of the papers in this volume relate to 15 individual flagship programmes. These are intensive studies of the individual programmes using field level primary data to evaluate their impact on the target groups. The broad message that has emerged from these papers is loud and clear—these schemes have made positive impact even if fallen short of the desired extent.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This volume will enhance our understanding of the working of flagship programmes in their various complexities and dimensions, and provide useful insights. The publication will be beneficial for both researchers and policy makers—researchers for pursuing more intensively the issues raised and policy makers for learning lessons for policy corrections.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /342 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 128
    ISBN 9789332703551
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    A Lifetime of Moulding Technology and Science Policy in India

    A Festschrift in Honour of Professor Ashok Parthasarathi

    Sachin Chaturvedi (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>The present festschrift on Professor Ashok Parthasarathi, a physicist, electronics engineer, S&amp;T policy researcher and S&amp;T policy maker, is a tribute to a great visionary and true scientist from his colleagues, associates, students and professional friends from academia, public policy making, practitioners and the media.&nbsp;</p> <p>The volume recollects many interesting facets of the illustrious career of Professor Parthasarathi. His commitment to the promotion of S&amp;T and their application to the development of security of the nation have been acknowledged by one and all and has led him to hold important positions in the Government of India—former Secretary in the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, the Department of Electronics and the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy. What puts him in a unique category is the fact that he was, for almost a decade, S&amp;T Adviser to late Prime Minister Mrs Indira Gandhi, working from the Prime Minister’s Secretariat on a 24x7 basis. That was a position no one else has held either before him or after him. He built 14 public sector companies in electronics making hi-tech electronic products ranging from microchips to optic fibre and satellite-based communication systems. Professor Parthasarathi’s contribution to the development of the defence electronic sector has been monumental as has been his contribution to solar electric systems. His seminal work to build up the Centre for Studies in Science Policy at the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi—the only such centre in South Asia—was path breaking in establishing teaching and research capacity in the country in this key area.</p> <p>This festschrift is a collection of comprehensive reminiscences by a range of persons and documents Professor Ashok Parthasarathi’s contributions in diverse fields over almost half a century, particularly in formulating policies in S&amp;T and getting them implemented for meeting the needs of the development and security of the nation. At the same time, the volume is highly relevant for both policy researchers and policymakers.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /343 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 738
    ISBN 9789332704312
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Economy

    Pre-liberalisation to GST: Essays in Honour of Raj Kapila

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>The year 2017 marks the 70th year of India’s independence. The country’s transformation from a colonially subjugated economy to the fastest growing major economy of the world is impressive and laudable. But the coming decade is going to be crucial for the nation. Looking ahead, what does the economic roadmap for India look like? Critical questions need to be asked and addressed.&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp;<br /> This edited volume in honour of Raj Kapila, with contributions from a large number of eminent economists and policymakers, addresses wide array of issues confronting India’s economy. A common thread in all the papers is that we need to ensure that our development process is just, humane, inclusive, sustainable, poverty reducing and environment-friendly.&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /344 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2017
    Pages: 972
    ISBN 9789332704329
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence

    A Comprehensive and Critical Analysis of India’s Economy, 1947-2017

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /345 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 250
    ISBN 9789332704435
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economics of Real-Life

    A New Exposition

    C.T. Kurien


    About the Book

    <p><strong>Economics of Real-Life: A New Exposition</strong> is possibly the first book attempting to introduce interested readers to the working of contemporary economies with special reference to India. Unlike most introductory books in economics its objective is not to concentrate on a priori logic based on untested (and untestable) premises, but to rely on the history of the evolution of human communities from the rudimentary state to the latest because economic activities—social interaction to provide the material basis for survival and to go beyond—is common to all. The book relies on ‘capsule history’ and ‘thought experiments’ as expository devises.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Part I, the analytical section of the book, therefore, starts with an isolated human community and expounds the nature of its economic activity (production) for survival and material progress emphasising that production is essentially human interaction with nature. From the first two chapters four ‘analytical tools’ are derived, ownership, authority, intermediation and asymmetry of information. The rest of the book uses these tools to logically trace the evolutionary process of the economy till it reaches its present manifestation as global capitalism.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book, thus, is a rare instance of using real-life material, past and contemporary, and substantive logic to deal with the evolving complexity of the economy, society’s arrangement to provision the material needs and progress of its members.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /346 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 310
    ISBN 9789332704350
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    My Journey from Marxism-Leninism to Nehruvian Socialism

    Some Memoirs and Reflections on Inclusive Growth

    C.H. HANUMANTHA Rao


    About the Book

    <p>This insightful and inspiring book by C.H. Hanumantha Rao portrays the socioeconomic situation and participation of the author in the major events since the mid-1940s focusing on the ideological struggle experienced by him, and on development policies and strategies. The changes in the author’s outlook from a Marxist in his student days to a Nehruvian have been marked by serious introspections in the light of contending ideological positions. He discusses issues he faced as member, Planning Commission, under the leadership of Prime Ministers Mrs Indira Gandhi and Shri Rajiv Gandhi, relating to economic planning and policies in India in the light of the Nehruvian perspective of a mixed economy with socialist orientation within a democratic set-up where private sector and markets have a significant place. Globalisation and economic reforms in India in the wake of the breakdown of centralised planning in the former socialist countries and the relevance of Nehruvian model for evolving a balanced approach to reforms by addressing the problems of poverty and inequality are discussed in detail. It also includes his essays on ‘inclusive growth’ written over the last three years.</p> <p>An informed memoir by one of the most respected and eminent economist of modern India, the book would be of interest to university teachers, policy makers, legislators, students as well as general readers.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /347 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 398
    ISBN 9789332704640
    INR 1695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Sub-Regional Cooperation between India, Myanmar and Bangladesh

    Trade, Investment and Connectivity

    Nisha Taneja‚ Deb Kusum Das‚ Samridhi Bimal (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>The economic and political changes in Myanmar over the last two years along with the Modi government’s&nbsp; ‘Look East’ economic policy recognise the tremendous need for integrating one of the least developed region of South Asia namely —India’s north eastern states, Bangladesh, and Myanmar who share borders with each other. The book explores how greater trade in the sub-region can be a vehicle for economic integration and raise living standards for its people. It also analyses the challenges of non-trade issues such as connectivity, investments, infrastructure, deficiencies in logistics, lack of technical capacity, etc., which act as hindrances to economic cooperation as well as integration.&nbsp;<br /> &nbsp;</p> <p>The book is the research collaboration of scholars from leading institutions of India, Myanmar, and Bangladesh to analyse important aspects of economic integration and cooperation from the perspective of each of these countries so as to overcome the challenges that act as a deterrent to poverty eradication in the sub region. The initiative was funded by the Department for International Development (DFID) and implemented by the Indian Council for Research on International Economics Relations (ICRIER).</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /348 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 230
    ISBN 9789332704619
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Modern Census to Identify the Deprived and Vulnerable

    Technology and Institutions in Managing Socio-Economic and Caste Census (SECC)

    N.K. Sahu (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <div>Socio-Economic and Caste Census (SECC) project aimed at gathering household and individual level data throughout India. It transcended the normal statistical process of data collection as is done world over in either census or sampling modes. As the objective of SECC is mainly to facilitate strict correspondence between the targeted government benefits and intended individuals and households, the privacy and secrecy concerns of survey units are put to public scrutiny, but with appropriate care given to those respondents who want to maintain their own privacy. Therefore, SECC had gone beyond a normal statistical exercise and encapsulated various dimensions of a complex socio-political process.</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>The book explains the way the SECC project was executed. Many lessons were learned while executing the project and, that was probably one of the valuable learning outcomes derived by its implementers. Written by a handful of SECC project key executioners, it compiles key features and challenges of the project and captures the contributions made by thousands of individuals and institutions. This volume would be a useful reading for students and practitioners of management, statistics, demography, public policy, administration, sociology, and social sciences.&nbsp;</div>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /349 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 164
    ISBN 9789332704183
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Demographic Dividend and Youth Empowerment

    Building Blocks for a Youth Policy

    Vijay Shankar Vyas‚ Shreekant Sambrani (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>India’s unique advantage of a large young population is widely recognised. The potential advantage of its demographic dividend for the country and the youth can be reaped provided it looks into its policies and programmes on education, health, livelihood and citizenship, with a view to empower its young population. Some of the leading educators, civil society leaders and policy advisors look into these aspects and provide insightful suggestions. The book is enriched by four case studies from Punjab, Rajsthan, Kerala and Odisha, focussing on the specific problems of the youth in these states and the approaches to resolve them. Universities and institutions teaching development economics, social relationship and political empowerment of youth will find the book very useful.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /350 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 450
    ISBN 9789332704213
    INR 1695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Role of Public Policy in Development Process

    Emerging Socioeconomic Scenario in the Indian Economy

    Niti Mehta‚ Anita Arya (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>What should be the contours of public policy for crucial sectors in the Indian context? The real debate today is about finding the right balance between market forces and government for Pareto efficiency. Stiglitz posited “that government could potentially almost always improve upon the market’s resource allocation.” In reality, besides the institutional inertia, fragmented design and action often impedes execution of rational policy. The lack of non-governmental inputs, absence of debate and systematic analysis prior to policy making results in ineffective policy formulation and action, obstructing the process of economic development. The study of public policy in commodity production (agriculture, industry), as well as tertiary sectors (services, trade and transport) is important to arrive at efficient and people friendly governance structures.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>The collection of papers in the present volume, attempt at the development of an analytical framework for the formulation of&nbsp; development policy, bearing on crucial segments of the economy and society mainly,&nbsp; &nbsp;agriculture sector, industrial development, employment and entrepreneurship, urbanisation, weaker sections,&nbsp; and governance issues.<br /> Nineteen chapters comprising the volume are organised under four sections: Section 1 Issues in Agriculture Sector; Section 2 Industrial Development, Employment and Entrepreneurship; Section 3 Issues in Sustainable Urbanisation; Section 4 Governance Structure and Development Outcomes.</p> <p>The papers appearing in the volume&nbsp; were presented at a seminar funded by the&nbsp;Indian Council of Social Science Research.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /351 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 426
    ISBN 9789332704428
    INR 1695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Child Development and Nutrition

    The Indian Experience

    Shreeranjan


    About the Book

    <p>The book encapsulates policy and programme reforms and concurrent initiatives recognising early childhood development as the cornerstone of the nation’s overall well-being for holistic human development. It reflects upon the arduous processes undertaken to make such humongous and path-breaking efforts a reality. This treatise gives a rare peep in process driven approach by laying-out and reiterating the areas that need improvement and greater attention in respect of India’s problem of childhood under-development and under-nutrition which has remained one of the most discussed issues in recent times.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>The work offers a peek into the world of strategic planning in social developmental arena. Key contours of a joint strategy paper to addresses India’s nutrition challenges which led to the first ever decision of the Prime Minister’s Nutrition Council and several policy decisions are elaborated. It reflects the pursuit and persistence required in promotion of inclusive, equitable and contextualised opportunities for optimal child development at National level. It also lays some key priorities, convergences, pathways and the way forward for strengthening and carrying out early childhood development and nutrition efforts.&nbsp;</p> <p>The book lays emphasis for greater momentum and energy to realise the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) through the missions of the Nutrition, Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) and the Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE) to attain holistic child development.&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /352 of 419
    Economics

    Hardcover • 2017
    Pages: 174
    ISBN 9789332704275
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Supermarket for Rural Customers

    A Study of a Community-Oriented Social Enterprise in Gujarat

    Subrata Dutta‚ Munish Alagh


    About the Book

    <p><span style="font-size: 12px;">This book showcases a community-oriented business network which is functioning as a retail/supermarket franchising model in the state of Gujarat in India. The network is operating under the banner of ‘Hearty Mart’—an organisation which is the brainchild of Nadeem Jafri, the franchiser-entrepreneur. Since Nadeem belongs to the family of a sect-head of the Shia Momin community, his religious superior position in his community has given him an opportunity to build a ‘community-oriented’ franchising network (i.e. a network that has engaged his community people as franchisees) of the Hearty Mart supermarket chain in rural areas. Two important dimensions are attached with this new retail model—one, the ‘organisational aspect’ of a small-scale supermarket chain and, two, the concept of ‘social entrepreneurship’. This book delves deeper into these two interesting aspects and comes up with detailed observations. Local customers’ views have also been documented in the book.</span></p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /353 of 419
    Economics

    Hardcover • 2018
    Pages: 346
    ISBN 9789332704473
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Land Question in Urban Development

    Shashanka Bhide‚ Devendra B. Gupta (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <div><span style="font-size: 12px;">Available land per capita in India is expected to decline fourfold by 2050 relative to 1960. Land scarcity would be far more acute in urban India, resulting in high land prices and growth of urban slums. A key question that needs to be addressed is whether increasing land prices largely reflect the supply and demand imbalances or whether land regulation, urban governance, and the speculative demand for land are pushing up land prices. Also, land issues have assumed tremendous significance in the context of ease of doing business. An assessment of alternative approaches to achieving efficient use of land would be imperative as urban growth intensifies.</span></div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div><span style="font-size: 12px;">The present volume comprising 10 papers is organised under three major heads—Institutional and Regulatory Factors Influencing Supply of Land, Patterns of Urban Housing and Land Prices, and New Initiatives in Urban Development. The book is motivated by a round table on issues focusing on land and urbanisation organised earlier by NCAER. It is hoped that this volume would&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">be of immense relevance to scholars, urban planners, business planners and policymakers working in the&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">area of urban land.</span></div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /354 of 419
    Economics

    Hardcover • 2018
    Pages: 192
    ISBN 9789332704688
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    GST: A Transformational Tax Reform

    V.S. Krishnan


    About the Book

    <div>It would be no exaggeration to say that the GST is one of the most important reforms in post-independent India. Its impact is multi-layered, ranging from tax behaviour to strengthening the federal polity to ensuring fiscal equity.&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>The book carries a foreword by India’s finance minister Arun Jaitley.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>Excerpts:</div> <div>“...Mr Krishnan had a ringside view of the evolution of the GST. The book is written in a very lucid and readable style... a number of interesting&nbsp;</div> <div>suggestions have been made from the policy perspective. I am sure that this book will be useful for both, the lay reader and the tax professional.”</div> <div><strong>&nbsp; &nbsp; — Arun Jaitley</strong></div>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /355 of 419
    Economics

    Hardcover • 2018
    Pages: 360
    ISBN 9789332704558
    INR 1695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Education and Development

    JANDHYALA B.G. Tilak


    About the Book

    <p>The theme of the book—education and development, is central to the current contemporary discourses on development. The nexus between education and development is strong and deep-rooted. Education contri-butes to several dimensions of development—economic growth, poverty, inequality and social development.&nbsp; But education is affected by structural adjustment and globalisation policies and the accompanying policies on financing, and private education. With respect to all these, many countries have valuable experiences and hence can learn from each other. The book that includes one dozen articles prepared by the author over the last 2-3 decades provides a critical discussion on these and other related themes. The purpose of the book is to stimulate sound and informed thinking about some of the critical issues in education and development.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /356 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2018
    Pages: 456
    ISBN 9789332704725
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Supporting Indian Farms the Smart Way

    Ashok Gulati‚ Marco Ferroni‚ Yuan Zhou (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>A recent ICRIER-OECD study (2018) has found that Indian farmers are being net taxed, which is captured through negative Producer Support Estimate (PSE). This book recognises this negative PSE, but focuses on rising input subsidies, be it fertilisers, power, irrigation, credit, insurance, etc., and also looks at the investments in agriculture, especially public investments. It notes with concern that public investment has been declining, while input subsidies are rising in Indian agriculture. But, marginal returns of investments on agricultural growth and poverty alleviation are much higher than that of input subsidies. Based on the analyses and review of policies, the book recommends how to rationalise subsidies that can help India to achieve higher agri-GDP growth, faster poverty reduction while ensuring judicious use of precious resources like soil and water.&nbsp; The volume will be valuable for those who wish to study agricultural policy developments and their implications for academic research or policy-making purposes.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /357 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 252
    ISBN 9789332705074
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    How Liberal is India?

    The Quest for Freedom in the Biggest Democracy on Earth

    Ronald Meinardus (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>This book wants to answer the question “How liberal is India?” Experts in their respective fields share their perspectives on themes and facets of India’s history, politics, the society and the economy with a focus on the overriding question. The essays provide insights into areas of importance for liberal governance. Taken together, the chapters give a conclusive perspective on the state of liberalism in this country.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>While India has a long way to go before she may be termed a liberal democracy, this book shows that Indian liberals—in spite of many arguments—have more in common than what holds them apart. This is a strong base to move ahead—and continue the never-ending quest for more freedom for all.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /358 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 190
    ISBN 9789332704947
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Story of PJ Thomas

    An Unsung Economist

    E.M. Thomas


    About the Book

    <p>Dr PJ Thomas was one of the rare breeds of economists who made a difference in modern India’s history. A product of Oxford, he served as economic advisor to the governments of both, British India Government (1942-1947) and independent India led by India’s first Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru, and represented India to sign the United Nations charter invites inaugural session held in San Francisco in 1945. He strode like a colossus in economic thinking on the eve of India’s independence. His observations in the sphere of general sales tax, population growth, rural employment guarantee, land reforms, green revolution, local self government, co-operatives and rural indebtedness turned out to be prophetic. Independent India saw most of his innovative ideas becoming a reality. The much touted MGNREGA (Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme was originally the brain child of Thomas, who mooted it in one of his works during early 1930s.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book based on ten years of research on the life and contribution of Dr PJ Thomas covers his monumental contributions as an academic, teacher, economist, administrator, author and parliamentarian. The book will be useful for researchers and post graduate students of economics. It is also a treasure mine of information for policymakers, bankers, tax experts, central bankers, and those who are interested in the study of federal finance in India.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /359 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 176
    ISBN 9789332704930
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Dynamics of Labour Use and Role of Genetically Modified Crops in Cotton Cultivation

    Niti Mehta


    About the Book

    <p>The book explores current challenges faced by cotton farmers specially while doing the labour intensive operations in cotton cultivation, and assesses the potential socio-economic impact of the introduction of herbicide tolerant crops in India. Besides use of secondary and published data the objectives are met through a primary survey of cotton cultivators across Gujarat.&nbsp;Adopting the cost of cultivation framework, the study also engages in cross section comparison of production costs of cotton and net returns across size classes of farmers. The respondents were cultivators using both traditional Bt cotton hybrids and a type that incorporates an herbicide tolerance gene. The acreage under the latter crop is reportedly becoming widespread, albeit in stealth, due to reduced labour costs and certain non-pecuniary benefits and hence merits scrutiny by policymakers. It is expected that the findings of the study will serve as inputs for policymakers, researchers and other stakeholders to target investment to improve farmers’ welfare through technological change, while minimizing trade-offs.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /360 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2019
    Pages: 52
    ISBN 9789332705142
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Facilitating Ease of Doing Business in India’s Food Sector Streamlining Food Safety Compliance Ecosystem in India

    Ali Mehdi‚ Priyanka Tomar‚ Divya Chaudhry‚ Pallavi Joshi


    About the Book

    <p>Noting interlinkages of food safety with food security, public health, trade, economy, employment and poverty alleviation, the United Nations General Assembly designated June 7th as World Food Safety Day in 2018. On the eve of the first World Food Safety Day, the Hon’ble Prime Minister of India, Shri Narendra Modi, stated that since ‘food safety is of prime importance for the well-being and health of our nation as well as its people, particularly women and children’, the Government of India ‘is focused on implementing the latest and best standards of food safety in the country’.<br /> For streamlining India’s food safety compliance ecosystem, this report argues that it should be –</p> <p>1. based on best available science;</p> <p>2. rational, risk-based, robust, resilient and predictable (vis-à-vis design);</p> <p>3. consistent and transparent (vis-à-vis enforcement);</p> <p>4. easily accessible and understandable for all stake-holders;</p> <p>5. use most innovative and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory objectives.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /361 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2019
    Pages: 42
    ISBN 9789332705166
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Brochure

    Facilitating Ease of Doing Business and Supporting FSSAI in Streamlining Food Safety Compliance Ecosystem: India

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Divya Satija‚ Brahma Chauhan‚ Raj Kumar Shahi


    About the Book

    <p>In the last few years, with the onset of programs like “Digital India”, the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) has taken a carefully designed approach to reform its operational processes, aiming to improve the business regulatory environment. They have set up standards for food products and aligned them with international standards to ensure that Indian consumers have access to safe and hygienic food. In recent times they have introduced innovative and efficient use of technology, to ensure transparency through paperless transactions. In this context, the FSSAI has introduced 28+ micro sites/portals catering to specific use cases around the food operations to improve the ease of doing business and reduce the compliance burden through the use of technology. These efforts have resulted in gains for India in terms of improvements in the World Bank’s overall Ease of Doing Business rankings but there is scope for further improvement. Despite the improvements, regulatory compliance with the FSSAI is an issue and this is impeding food business operators (FBOs) in the country from operating with ease in the market. In this regard, the report based on secondary information analysis and a primary survey tries to understand how FSSAI can efficiently use information technology to ensure effective enforcement of food safety regulations and standards, improve ease of doing business, enhance operational efficiency of the FSSAI, help food businesses to effectively use the registration and compliance systems and reduce the compliance burden for FBOs.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> This manual is based on the premise that in a modern globalised world, food safety systems/processes should be technology driven. The manual recommends that technology should be used to improve co-ordination across FSSAI offices, and businesses can engage better with FSSAI to improve through improved compliance of food safety regulations. Also given the quasi-federal nature of governance in India, technology can be used to achieve FSSAI’s objective of “one country one law”. The recommendations in this manual will aid the FSSAI in reducing compliance burden and enhancing ease of doing business by reducing the procedural barriers, implementing technology and automation-oriented solutions that can help resolve some of the structural bottlenecks in the existing system and it will put India on the path to achieve its desired rank in the World Bank’s Ease of Doing Business Index.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /362 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2019
    Pages: 130
    ISBN 9789332705159
    INR 2495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Streamlining Food Imports for Trade Facilitation and Ease of Doing Business in India

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Divya Satija‚ Angana Parashar Sarma‚ Soham Sinha‚ Brahma Chauhan‚ Raj Kumar Shahi


    About the Book

    <p>India is one of the largest producers of a number of agricultural commodities and has a positive trade balance in this sector. The high economic growth, rise in income and a growing population that is willing to experiment with international cuisine has increased imports of food products. With policy initiatives such as “Make in India”, the government is attracting foreign companies to establish food business in India and the enthusiasm among foreign players to export and test market their products in India is growing. These factors have led to an increase in imports. As a signatory to the WTO’s Trade Facilitation Agreement, India is taking measures to implement trade facilitation initiatives, including initiatives to improve transparency, efficiency, and predictability in the import process. The country is also focusing on use of technology to improve Ease of Doing Business.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The opening up of markets and increase in trade in food and feed products has led to the associated “trade” of hazards and risks, which poses challenges for food safety authorities all over the world. In this regard, the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) plays an important role in ensuring that imported foods adhere to food safety requirements. The FSSAI, Customs and allied agencies such as the Plant and Animal Quarantine agencies use technology and automation for scientific risk analysis, risk assessment and risk communication. Technology is also being used to communicate, share data and information, reduce the number of tests required, and facilitate fast track clearances within and across multiple agencies. However, despite these efforts, the time and cost to import into India is still significantly high and there is a need to further streamline the import process using technology.</p> <p>&nbsp;<br /> This report, the first of its kind, is based on secondary information analysis and a primary survey of 150 stakeholders in India and the United Kingdom (UK). It provides an overview of the food import clearance process, gaps in the process and use of technology vis-à-vis other countries, namely, the UK, perception of foreign companies about the Indian market and issues faced in importing food products into India. It then makes recommendations on how to streamline the process using technology and automation, learning from the best practices of countries and it also identifies gaps in the existing IT processes of the FSSAI while retaining the best practices that have already been implemented.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The findings of this report are being used to have a technology enabled predictable and transparent import clearance process, which will improve ease of doing business, ensure compliance, better risk management and greater inter-agency co-ordination. The report will also help foreign businesses to better understand the process of importing food into India. In doing so, the report will help India feature in the top 50 countries in the World Bank’s Ease of Doing Business Index.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /363 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 312
    ISBN 9789332704794
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Essays on Indian Economy

    R. Radhakrishna

    Editorial Team: S. Galab, Brajaraja Mishra, Ram Kumar Mishra, G. Swaroopa Rani and N. Krishnaiah



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /364 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 576
    ISBN 9789332704800
    INR 1795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Essays on Agriculture, Food Security and Nutrition

    R. Radhakrishna

    Editorial Team: R. Maria Saleth, S. Galab, Ram Kumar Mishra, P. Prudhvikar Reddy and Venkata Reddy Kata



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /365 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 458
    ISBN 9789332704831
    INR 1695

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Essays on the Econometrics of Inflation, Consumption and Welfare

    R. Radhakrishna


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /366 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 302
    ISBN 9789332704824
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Essays on the Econometrics of Consumer Behaviour

    R. Radhakrishna

    Editorial Team: K. N. Murty, S. Galab, C. Ravi and Ram Kumar Mishra



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /367 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 620
    ISBN 9789332704817
    INR 1895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Essays on Growth, Poverty and Wellbeing

    R. Radhakrishna

    Editorial Team: R. Maria Saleth, S. Galab, Ram Kumar Mishra, E. Revathi and M.V. Narayana Reddy



    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /368 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2019
    Pages: 582
    ISBN 9789332705180
    INR 745

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy (20th Edition)

    Performance and Policies

    Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <div>HERE’s the new, 20th Edition of the widely accepted textbook on Indian Economy for undergraduate students (BA /BCom/Hons) incorporating the latest recommended readings. The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under five sections:</div> <div>I.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>basic issues in economic development: institutional framework and policy regimes;</div> <div>II.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>growth and distributional issues: poverty, inequality and employment;</div> <div>III.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>current perspectives in Indian agriculture: growth, productivity, constraints and pricing;</div> <div>IV.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>industry and services sector;</div> <div>V.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>financial sector and the external sector.</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the latest original readings recommended for the undergraduate courses, some of these being available in her edited books: Indian Economy Since Independence, 30th Edition (2019-20), Indian Economy-II: Macroeconomic Policies, Sectoral Developments and Performance (2019 Edition) and Indian Economy: Economic Development and Policy (2018-19 Edition).</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>In the present volume, author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. The book also carries a comprehensive Glossary.&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>Apart from undergraduate students, the book is widely used by students preparing for the IAS and other competitive examinations.</div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /369 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2019
    Pages: 1040
    ISBN 9789332705173
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence (30th Edition)

    A comprehensive and critical analysis of India’s economy, 1947-2019

    Uma Kapila


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /370 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 196
    ISBN 9789332705012
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Healthcare for India’s Poor

    The Health Insurance Way

    Sonalini Khetrapal


    About the Book

    <div style="font-size: 13px;"> <p>In 2018, the Government of India announced Ayushman Bharat, a flagship initiative for delivery of healthcare services to India’s poor. Ayushman Bharat consists of two major components - the National Health Protection scheme or PMJAY (Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana) and Health and Wellness Centers.&nbsp;</p> <p>The National Health Protection Scheme or Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojna (PM-JAY) is planned as the world’s largest health insurance scheme covering approximately 500 million poor and vulnerable people - about 40% of India’s population. Critical to the success of PM-JAY, however, is the previous experience of Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojna (RSBY), a social health Insurance scheme based on a Public Private Partnership (PPP) framework that covered below poverty line families.&nbsp; &nbsp;</p> <p>This book is based on a study of the RSBY aimed at understanding the provision, availability and use of health services under Public-Private Partnership contracts and the factors that influence such services.&nbsp; It intends to share with policy-makers several insights from RSBY that may be useful for other health care schemes for the poor and vulnerable.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>With the current focus on Universal Health Care as its backdrop, the book focuses on contract design and looks at the incentive structures created by division of roles, responsibilities and relationships within the contracts. It also examines the regulatory and political environment, and the institutional capacity to deliver quality services.&nbsp;</p> <p>In doing so it compares the provision of healthcare services across public and private providers for the insured and uninsured beneficiaries. This is done to understand the accessibility, availability and utilisation patterns of health care services for those below the poverty line.</p> </div>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /371 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 296
    ISBN 9789332705135
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The State of Ecology of the Tibetan Plateau

    L.M.S. Palni‚ Rebon Banerjee Dhar‚ O.P. Tandon (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Tibet is one of the world’s most unique biodiverse regions in the world. It boasts of the world’s steepest and longest canyon and the tallest peak, Mount Everest. It is also referred to as the “Third Pole” as it has the largest perennial ice mass on the planet after the two Poles. Degradation of Tibet’s ecology directly impinges on Asia’s ecological well being and have resulted in Tibet warming at almost three times the global average. This holds major long-term implications for the triple role Tibet plays as Asia’s main freshwater repository, largest water supplier and principal rainmaker.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The Tibetan Plateau is&nbsp; therefore of invaluable strategic and ecological significance. This volume examines the state of the ecology of the Tibetan Plateau and is a useful contribution to enhancing international understanding of the environmental equation between Tibet and the rest of Asia and the ecological centrality of the Tibetan Plateau.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /372 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: 206
    ISBN 9789332704992
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Knock Knock!

    The Ultimate Guide to Doors

    Saharsh Khaitan


    About the Book

    <div>Are you confused and worried about:</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Where to buy the door from?</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>The doors you purchase are not value for money?</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>The finish of your doors does not measure up to your expectations?</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>How long would the doors last?</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Which hardware to buy for your doors?</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>The extent of coordination which you will have to undertake while getting doors made?</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Various jargons used by the raw material suppliers for the materials required to make doors, appear rather confusing?</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>Then, look no further, this is the book for you!</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div><strong>Saharsh Khaitan,</strong> the author of this book, is a veritable expert and senior professional in the field of wood and wood-related products. In this new book, Knock Knock!&nbsp;</div> <div>The Ultimate Guide to Doors, Saharsh shows how he has been helping thousands of his customers make the correct choice when it comes to choosing doors and door frames.&nbsp;</div> <div>“I have worked with 120+ Builders and 90+ Architects and helped them make the right choice of doors and door frames by using the methodologies I share in this book,” assures Saharsh. The book is an indispensable guide that informs readers how to:</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Achieve unimaginable finish in the doors and door frames purchased.</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Get the best value for money.</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Achieve the best fit for doors and door frames with least effort.</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Ensure maximum life of doors and frames with least maintenance.</div> <div>•<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>Ensure safety of house by using proper hardware.</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div><span style="font-family: &quot;Amazon Ember&quot;, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: small;">This knowledge compendium on doors and door frames also comprises a foreword by Anil Badan and author's three interviews with Pankaj Bansal, Ashok Chedda and Sabyasachi Roy.</span></div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /373 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2020
    Pages: 214
    ISBN 9789332705258
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:AF Press/DO A BooK
    Brochure

    Swaminathan Commission

    A Foundation of Farmer Policies in India

    Shashank Dattatray Kulkarni


    About the Book

    <p>This book is the review of all the five reports of National Commission on Farmers (NCF). In the modern agricultural history of India, this is the first and only commission which is exclusively constituted for farmers under the dynamic leadership of Prof. M. S. Swaminathan to provide solutions for agrarian crisis in the country. Based on the recommendations of NCF, Government of India approved its first National Policy for Farmers.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> It has been observed that due to voluminous nature and technical language of these reports so many important recommendations of the NCF are remain untouched by different stake holders. In this context author contributed some important years of his life to review all the five reports of NCF which makes it lucid, readable, brief and easily understandable for policy makers, agricultural officers, farmer leaders, researchers, students and farmers.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> This book becomes more credible, authentic and important as it carries a foreword by Prof. M.S. Swaminathan.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /374 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2020
    Pages: 428
    ISBN 9789332705272
    INR 1595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:AF Press/DO A BooK
    Brochure

    Understanding Transition in South Asia

    Economy, Politics and Society (Essays in Honour of Partha S. Ghosh)

    Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury‚ Vikash Kumar (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This book in honour of Professor Partha Ghosh brings together contributions of scholars who have been closely associated with him in different capacities in India and abroad. Keeping in view the major facets of his&nbsp;academic and personal interests, as well as his seminal contribution to the South Asian Studies, the book has tried to accommodate select essays on issues related to economy, politics and society in South Asia.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /375 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2020
    Pages: 320
    ISBN 9789332705517
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Coronavirus Pandemic

    Lessons and Policy Response

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)

    Economic Developments in India (EDI), Volume 250



    About the Book

    <p>India is in the thick of the world-wide novel Coronavirus disease—COVID-19, grappling with three crises at the same time. The pandemic itself is causing health crisis, a humanitarian crisis especially for migrant workers and daily wage earners following the lockdown and a very sharp negative macroeconomic shock to both employment and incomes—a steep fall in GDP (-23.9% in Q1 of FY 20-21) and hence also government resources. This is the first economic crisis in recent memory that has been triggered by a non-economic factor—a pandemic.</p> <p>Coronavirus Pandemic: Lessons and Policy Response puts together contributions on the subject covering various aspects of the health crisis, economic crisis and humanitarian crisis in 31 chapters by 23 economists, analysing how health, macroeconomic and financial policies must do the things today that set the stage for V shaped recovery. This calls for thoughtful policy decisions through 2020 and 2021.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /376 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2021
    Pages: 240
    ISBN 9789332705401
    INR 795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Reason and Reform

    How Policy Reforms Have Shaped India

    Bibek Debroy‚ Diwakar Jhurani


    About the Book

    <p>A guide to India’s continuing journey of reforms—that uncovers key priority areas and unlocks ideas and insights to shape a better tomorrow. This book attempts to provide perspectives and lessons from some of the most crucial influences and incidents that have impacted Indian public policies. While the thrust is on post-colonial era, many prescriptions from India’s centuries-old legacy of governance principles and policymaking are highlighted.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book covers a breadth of policy subjects in eight themes, from justice delivery to economic planning, institutional governance to infrastructure creation. Short chapters and easy-to-read prose will aid readers keen to grasp the uniquely Indian story spiced with its own share of policy reform experiments, some bitter, some sweet. And hopefully, the information, insights and ideas in this book can be used as tools to drive change by all those who have a stake in India.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /377 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2021
    Pages: 64
    ISBN 9789332705487
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Trade Facilitation for Logistics Services

    An Analytical Primer

    Pritam Banerjee


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /378 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2021
    Pages: 270
    ISBN 9789332705678
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    India’s Economy 2015-2020

    Contemporary Commentary

    Shankar Acharya


    About the Book

    <p>Why did India’s economic growth slow so much after 2017? How fast was the economy actually growing? How serious was the collateral damage from demonetization? Why did India’s exports stagnate while other Asian countries enjoyed good export growth? What were the initial problems with the new GST? What were the major economic reforms during this period? Why does primary education not show better outcomes year after year? How bad was the worsening of job prospects? What led to the retreat from globalization in the world economy? How serious was the impact of Covid and Lockdown on the Indian economy? What did it do to employment and poverty? How soon will the recovery come? Will there be lasting effects? What is the medium-term outlook for India’s economy?</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>These and many other issues are explored in this rich and varied collection of 55 contemporary commentaries on Indian economic issues between 2015 and 2020.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /379 of 419
    Economics

    paperback • 2021
    Pages: 140
    ISBN 9789332705708
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Developing Principles for Regulation of Alcoholic Beverages Sector in India

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Anand Prakash‚ Angana Parashar Sarma‚ Nibha Bharti‚ Preksha Dugar


    About the Book

    <p>India is one of the fastest growing markets for alcoholic beverages. Various factors including a sizeable middle-class population with increased purchasing power, rapid urbanisation, changing consumer preferences, and reduction in cultural barriers to drinking, have contributed towards growth in demand for alcoholic beverages. Revenues from taxation of sales in this sector are among the top-three revenue earning sectors for the state governments and the sector generates significant direct and indirect employment.<br /> The states through their excise policies, control the entire supply chain of alcoholic beverages from manufacturing and distribution to registration and licensing processes, labelling and packaging requirements, and retail.Price control is one of the core components through which the states regulate this sector. However, the pricing policies and governance models vary across states, creating different route-to-market channels. There are frequent and ad-hoc changes in policies, creating uncertainty and deterring manufacturers/distillers to plan their businesses in advance. The variations in regulations and operating models across states have added to the compliance burden of participants across the supply chain, leading to low ease of doing business. It has resulted in India becoming a fragmented market, undermining the concept of India as a single market. Further, unlike other countries such as Chile, India has not been able to leverage its export potential in this sector, in spite of having potential.&nbsp;<br /> Given this background, this report, based on secondary information analysis and a primary survey provides an overview of the Indian alcoholic beverages market, highlighting market trends and contributions to the economy, the supply chain and the various routes-to-market followed across states. The report outlines the regulatory framework governing the sector, both at the centre and across states; and presents the changes effected in the regulations, sales channels and duties, among others, with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.The report is a first of its kind, which specifically examines regulatory and pricing related barriers and their impact on the industry, its supply chain, quality of products available to consumers and consequent effects on health, states, and the Indian economy as a whole.</p> <p>&nbsp;<br /> The aim of the report is to help the state governments to develop regulations based on certain principles which makes the regulations predictable and transparent. The report suggests the way forward on how the state governments can learn from global best practices in creating uniformity in developing their pricing models, building transparency and creating more predictable policy environment through data driven and evidence-based policymaking. If the recommendations of this paper are implemented, it can help the state governments in meeting the objectives of earning higher revenue, addressing consumer health concerns, and creating employment. The recommendations can help India in bringing in more investments in to the sector, encourage innovation, improve ease of doing business, enable “Make in India”, enhance exports and the country can be a key player in global value chains of alcoholic beverages.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /380 of 419
    Economics

    Hardcover • 2021
    Pages: 72
    ISBN 9789332705692
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Dilemma

    Management Book of Questions

    Bishan Sahai


    About the Book

    <p>Dilemma : Management Book of Questions throws up ethical issues that decision-makers routinely face in course of work. How would one respond when &nbsp;their values are not in sync with those of other stakeholders, some with greater clout? No answers are provided. The reader has to place the issue in the context of the business, administrative and personal stakes of the team members and evolve a pragmatic response that honours all values, albeit in a compromised manner. How compromised ? That is the challenge the book throws.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /381 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 126
    ISBN 9789332705739
    INR 795
    1 January 2022
    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Through the Lens of Mahatma

    Journey of a Migrant

    Pooja Sharma‚ Nav Jadon

    1 January 2022



    About the Book

    <p>The elementary purpose of this book is to encourage individuals to follow their dreams by embracing sustainability. And while doing so, respect every culture and traditional sentiments by embracing tolerance, adaptability and resilience. The book leaves the readers with the thought that when the purpose is to fulfil the larger aims of sustainability, then the mere question of success and failure of the migration process becomes redundant. By adopting the elements of Truth, Non-violence and tolerance, a peaceful and just world that is socially inclusive and environmentally sustainable is conceived. In this context, this book takes the opportunity to highlight the inherent relevance of Gandhian thoughts that embark on environmental sustainability. The book also highlights that Canada is a country which provides fair access to its resources to all immigrants, depicting inclusivity in the socio-economic sphere and serves as the most sustainable model for immigration.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /382 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 104
    ISBN 9789332705807
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The China Scare

    Why the New Cold War is Unnecessary

    Ajay Reddy


    About the Book

    <p>The American and European elite assumed in the twenty-first century that a “containment” policy was required with regard to Russia, Iran, and China for all time to come.&nbsp; This book starts from the ground level and explains for those with no previous exposure to the topic how the different phases of European history are connected to the different phases of Chinese history and how, especially, Russian history explains why the Chinese communist state in the twenty-first century was not strong and expanding but weak and desperate, on the verge of a disintegration in which it would lose half of the territory it claimed. To this effect, The China Scare: Why the New Cold War is Unnecessary promises to be an enlightening read.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /383 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 154
    ISBN 9789332705821
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Russia Rethink

    Ajay Reddy


    About the Book

    <p><span style="font-size: 12px;">In the twenty-first century, the American and European elite described Russia as a power on a rampage.&nbsp; Most citizens simply assumed this to be true because it was repeated so many times.&nbsp; Only a few knew that the last time any Russian government had any ambition in international politics was the first half of 1914.&nbsp; This book seeks to give the reader the basic knowledge of the history of international politics which will allow him—unlike those in the press—to see through government propaganda. It also explains why this government propaganda, and the unnecessary policy of “containment” which it promoted, existed in the first place.&nbsp; The key to thwarting an illegitimate foreign or domestic policy is a citizenry that cannot be tricked. Historical knowledge, the basis of this immunity, is what this book attempts to offer.&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /384 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 392
    ISBN 9789332705814
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Asia and the Changing Global Economy

    Rebuilding Growth Potential

    Anoop Singh


    About the Book

    <p>With the global economy experiencing an uneven recovery from the pandemic, what are the complexities of the policy tradeoffs ahead? What are the drivers of sharp divergences across different countries’ economic prospects? In contrast to the aftermath of the Global Financial Crisis, why are emerging markets not leading the post-pandemic recovery? Will Asia be able to rebuild its growth potential in a post-pandemic world, especially India and China? In doing so, how will Asia address the weaknesses in growth and productivity fundamentals that became apparent before the pandemic? Are there lessons to be learned from this experience, as well as from previous crises, and their relevance to countries now facing financial and debt-driven crises in the emerging post-pandemic landscape?</p> <p>The essays in this book look at these and other fundamental issues from several perspectives in today’s complex global economy. They contain invaluable lessons for what needs to be done to sustain the international framework for global trade and investment that has worked so well since the Second World War and the role that needs to be played by official international institutions to maintain multilateral stability and cooperation.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /385 of 419
    Economics

    Paper-back • 2022
    Pages: 188
    ISBN 9789332705760
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The Reforms in Public Distribution System and the Role of Cash Transfers in India

    An Empirical Analysis from Kerala

    Krishna Reddy Chittedi‚ Sweety Thomas


    About the Book

    <p>The book explores the impact of PDS reforms in India and the readiness of the system for Cash Transfer scheme as an alternative. PDS is a socially relevent topic as food is the basic minimum need for the survival of mankind. Hence, it touches every aspect of the society. Corruption and diversion from PDS has been tackled with modern techniques of Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs). The book speaks about the digital platform namely, the E-PDS to strengthen the system more appropriately and systematically. Hence it offers a digital knowledge in PDS. The book is based both on primary and secondary data. Authors have included some of their interesting practical field experiences. The primary target of this book is the Masters level students, Mphil and PhD scholars. This book also can be recommended as a reference for NGOs, Government organisations and policymakers. It is rich and indepth source of information for the research community as it indicates some major policy implications.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /386 of 419
    Economics

    Paper-back • 2022
    Pages: 105
    ISBN 9789332705920
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Contribution of Non-alcoholic Beverage Sector to Indian Economic Growth and Atmanirbhar Bharat

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Eshana Mukherjee‚ Vishnu Menon


    About the Book

    <p>Food Processing will be a key sector in meeting India’s goal of achieving inclusive growth as the country sets its vision for Amrit Kaal – India @2047. Non-alcoholic beverages are a key component of the food processing sector and the growth of this sector can make all its stakeholders, from farmers to small and medium producers, supply chain agents and consumers, a part of India’s successful growth story.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> India is the largest global producer of several raw materials used in manufacturing non-alcoholic beverages. Today, around 25 to 30 per cent of fruits and vegetables produced in the country are wasted in the supply chain. Beverage processing can help reduce this wastage, as it has in several other countries. The government has introduced schemes like Mega Food Parks and Production Linked Incentive Scheme and several start-ups with innovative products have come up in the non-alcoholic beverages sector. Yet, domestic production is below potential and that of other developing countries in the ASEAN region, and exports are low.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> This report aims to understand the contribution of the non-alcoholic beverage sector towards the Indian economy, examine its strengths and best practices, identify challenges and suggest a way forward to make India one of the world’s leading beverage processing hubs. The report is based on a review of global policies and best practices, secondary data and information analysis, and a primary survey of different supply chain agents, including farmers, companies, contract manufacturers and logistics providers.<br /> The report for the first time brings forward a detailed study of the tax regimes of different countries and India’s own GST regime to understand how taxes can impact the growth of the sector. Global studies show that high taxation, in the absence of complementary reforms, will not lead to positive health outcomes and can be regressive, with the tax burden falling disproportionately on lower income groups. It could also inhibit growth, innovation and investment. At the same time, moderate taxation can achieve revenue targets as well as other government objectives related to positive health outcomes, growth of food processing, investment in manufacturing and farmers’ welfare. However, few studies have looked at the effects of taxation on the non-alcoholic beverage sector in India and policies are often not driven by research and evidence. This report aims to address this lacuna.&nbsp;</p> <p><br /> The report will help policymakers design the right policies, based on data and evidence, and align policies across different government agencies/ministries/departments. It identifies areas where industry and government can collaborate, which is a core area of the UN Sustainable Development Goal-17. It provides the academics and researchers with a comprehensive overview of the sector and the industry with an overview of the Indian market, and aims to foster debate and discussion on how India can become a world beverage processing hub.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /387 of 419
    Economics

    Paper-back • 2022
    Pages: 71
    ISBN 9789332705890
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Liberalisation of Wine Trade under the India-Australia CECA

    Arpita Mukherjee‚ Drishti Vishwanath


    About the Book

    <p>The COVID-19 pandemic has led to changes in government strategies, partnerships, and supply chain diversification. India wants to be an integral part of global supply chains and the country has fast-tracked the process of negotiating trade agreements with strategic trading partners like Australia, Canada, the European Union and the United Kingdom. Greater market access for alcoholic beverages is a key component of these trade negotiations. The Indian market for alcoholic beverages is growing and Indian consumers are willing to experiment with a diverse range of products, including different varieties of wines. Until recently, India had kept alcoholic beverages in its negative list for tariff reduction under its trade agreements, primarily to protect its domestic industry. The country had imposed a tariff plus cess of 150 percent on alcoholic beverages, which is one of the highest in the world.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>In April 2022, India and Australia signed an Interim Economic Co-operation and Trade Agreement, and India for the first-time liberalised wines under this agreement. This report studied the scope for liberalisation of tariffs in wines and the scope for removal of non-tariff barriers under the India-Australia trade agreement. It not only investigated different aspects of trade, like tariffs, standards and other non-tariff measures, trade facilitation and logistics in the context of a trade agreement, it also examined how a sector can be liberalised under a trade agreement so that both sides benefit from it. Besides, it sets a framework for tariff liberalisation under different scenarios. The objective of this report is to enhance knowledge about trade agreements and how they can be negotiated to facilitate business-to-business collaboration, especially among small and medium enterprises.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This report will help policymakers negotiate trade agreements, sector experts to provide inputs into trade negotiations and scholars to understand the nuances and complexities of negotiating a trade agreement.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /388 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 189
    ISBN 9789332705616
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    creating, building and sustaining an institution

    A Momentous Journey of Institute of Public Enterprise

    R.K. Mishra‚ Geeta Potaraju


    About the Book

    <p>An Institution outside the university system and miles away from being a private entity, a not-for-profit Institution set up with the central government drive in 1964 to handhold the central public sector enterprises, the jewels and key drivers of Indian economy, IPE is a bright example of a self-made Institution which survived and flourished due to its collaborations with Government of India, public sector enterprises, state governments, Indian Council of Social Sciences Research, State Government, funding partners, and International Organizations.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Through this book the authors make an attempt to present the long and arduous journey of IPE. It narrates the intensity and zeal with which the Institute carried out its activities to steer itself to greater heights year over year.&nbsp;<br /> The book celebrates the defining moments in the journey and does not shy away from narrating the challenges faced by the Institute at various junctures. The book proudly presents the volume of work and achievements of the IPE leadership with the support of deeply engaged faculty and staff in various spheres which strengthened the Institution.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book will prove useful to policy makers, public policy researchers, educational administrators, civil servants, practicing managers, civil society and post graduate students interested in understanding organizational dynamics and studying the factors involved in Institution building.&nbsp;</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /389 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 224
    ISBN 9789332705524
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economics and Technology of Soybean Cultivation in Central India

    E. Revathi‚ B. Suresh Reddy


    About the Book

    <p>The book analyses the soybean crop scenario in major soybean growing states of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Maharashtra and newly cultivating state of Telangana. It assesses the impact of soybean technology (varieties and package of practices) developed by ICAR’s All India Coordinated Research Project (AICRP) and State Agriculture Universities (SAUs) on production, productivity, efficiency, economy and economic and social benefits to its producers and suggests appropriate policy measures as a way forward. The book is unique in providing a comprehensive understanding of issues surrounding adoption of technology from farmers perspective. The benefit-cost ratio for expenditure on R&amp;D and output has been assessed. It highlights the underutilization of inputs with existing technology as well as the potential of cultivation of soybean crop in dryland and rainfed areas.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /390 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 306
    ISBN 9789332705371
    INR

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Fertility Transition in Uttar Pradesh

    Achala Srivastava


    About the Book

    <p>There exists a significant variation in human fertility behavior particularly between southern and northern states of India. Among the northern states, Uttar Pradesh has the largest population and the highest fertility rate and the state failed to catch up with the others in the fertility transition process. High fertility is one of the important factors, which administers the growth of population in UP. High fertility has adversely influenced the socio-economic, demographic and environmental development of the state. Hence, Fertility estimate for the state of Uttar Pradesh are of particular interest because Uttar Pradesh has the largest population and the highest fertility rate, however the pace of the level of fertility transition in UP has remained relatively unexplored. Much of the research work on fertility and fertility transition is limited to the analysis of fertility at national and state level, but in Uttar Pradesh, district level phenomenon of fertility has not gained much attention so far. Hence, this book is expected to fill this lacuna.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>In this book an attempt has been made to analyze the pattern, level and determinants of fertility and its transition in UP. The main objective of this book is to give a brief description of fertility changes between 1981 and 2011 and to highlight those aspects of fertility which are very relevant to regional differentiation in fertility during that period. Our focal point is whether the current decline in fertility rates has occurred differentially across districts and what factors are responsible for explaining the inter-district differentials in fertility decline across districts. This study is the first time quantitative empirical assessment of convergence in fertility in the context of UP. The assessment of how different districts and regions are converging in terms of total fertility rate is crucial for understanding the challenges of future fertility decline and convergence in UP.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The decline in fertility was caused by several socio-economic and demographic factors. Hence, in this book we have also examined the relationship between fertility decline and the variety of social-economic factors using the panel data set. The analysis of fertility transition and trends for the most populous state of UP, expected to provide some useful insights for policy and programs for fertility decline.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /391 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2019
    Pages: (486+314)
    ISBN 9789332704787
    INR 2790

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Annotated Bibliography on State Owned Enterprises/Public Enterprises

    A Set of 2 Volumes

    R.K. Mishra‚ K. Trivikram


    About the Book

    <p>In keeping with the exemplary tradition of bringing out scholarly works of repute by IPE, the Volumes planned and prepared by the authors is a modest attempt to take stock of an explosion of literature on SOEs that has emerged during the last five decades. Drawn from a wide range of social science and management disciplines, these volumes bring together the research works in terms of empirical, theoretical and policy papers pertaining to cross-disciplinary themes and sub-themes which have been distilled and designed to provide the academics, policymakers, practitioners and researchers on the subject of SOEs in India and abroad.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /392 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2021
    Pages: 1014
    ISBN 9789332705715
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence (32th Edition)

    A comprehensive and critical analysis of India’s economy, 1947-2021

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <div><em>Praise for the silver jubilee edition:</em></div> <div>“Uma Kapila’s 25th edition of this well-known volume contains an excellent and up-to-date collection of essays on the Indian Economy by some of the country’s leading economists, interspersed with very useful contributions by the editor herself. It will be a great boon for all students of the Indian economy…young and old.”</div> <div><strong>— Shankar Acharya</strong></div> <div>&nbsp; &nbsp; Chief Economic Adviser to the Government of India (1993-2001)</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div><em>Sharing a piece of its history...</em><br /> Year 1988: Upon publication of the first edition of this book, which was originally designed for students of the University of Delhi, Prof. VKRV Rao, the legendary economist, policymaker and institution builder, thus wrote&nbsp; &nbsp;in a letter addressed to the editor Uma Kapila:<br /> “...It will be a most unusual kind of textbook for pioneering which you deserve congratulations. I, therefore, send you&nbsp; &nbsp;my good wishes for the success of the publication and its use by students who do Economics Honours not only in the University of Delhi but also other universities.”&nbsp; &nbsp;<br /> <strong>—V.K.R.V. Rao</strong></div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div> <div>“The annual edition of Dr. Uma Kapila’s Indian Economy since Independence has become a staple, annually updated, reference for University students throughout the country, for aspirants for the civil service and other examinations, and&nbsp; for all those interested in a single comprehensive source of information, and analysis by a galaxy of scholars, on the Indian economy. This twenty-fifth anniversary edition marks a milestone in a remarkable journey, begun in 1988 by a revered teacher of long standing from Delhi University.”&nbsp;</div> <div><strong>— Indira Rajaraman</strong></div> <div>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Member, 13th Finance Commission and&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Member, India Advisory Board of the World Gold Council</div> </div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /393 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2021
    Pages: 356
    ISBN 9789332705685
    INR 1395

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Decentralising Benefits

    Dr Syed Sultan Kazi‚ Osama Manzar (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>This case studies volume is a means of reflecting on collective experience of 14 major Indian CSOs that worked on the issue of improving last mile access to public schemes information in backward districts in India during 2014-2018, and supported by the European Union in India. The volume provides a vivid experiential sharing of issues and problems being sought to be addressed by the implementing agencies in more than dozen States in India, subjects ranging from transparency, social accountability, last mile access, information decentralization, a collective learning from the fourteen projects to improve our current and future development efforts in last mile access and delivery of public schemes information, entitlement benefits</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /394 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2022
    Pages: 645
    ISBN 9789332706002
    INR 799

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy (23rd edition)

    Performance and Policies

    Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <div>HERE’s the new, 23rd Edition of the widely accepted textbook</div> <div>on Indian Economy for undergraduate students (BA /BCom/Hons) incorporating the latest recommended readings.&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under five sections:</div> <div>I.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>basic issues in economic development: institutional framework and policy regimes;</div> <div>II.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>growth and distributional issues: poverty, inequality and employment;</div> <div>III.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>current perspectives in Indian agriculture: growth, productivity, constraints and pricing;</div> <div>IV.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>industry and services sector;</div> <div>V.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>financial sector and the external sector.</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the latest original readings recommended for the undergraduate courses, some of these being available in her edited books: Indian Economy Since Independence, 33rd Edition (2022-23), Indian Economic Development Since 1947 (2016-17 Edition) and Indian Economy: Economic Development and Policy (4th Edition 2022).&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>In the present volume, author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. The book also carries a comprehensive Glossary.&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>Apart from undergraduate students, the book is widely used by students preparing for the IAS and other competitive examinations.</div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /395 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2022
    Pages: 1054
    ISBN 9789332705999
    INR 1095

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence (33rd Edition)

    A comprehensive and critical analysis of India’s economy, 1947-2022

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /396 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2022
    Pages: 135
    ISBN 9789332705937
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Veterans of The Reserve Bank

    P.P. Ramachandran


    About the Book

    <p>The book deals with the Reserve Bank’s Economic Department which was conceived to undertake research work and provide guidance to the authorities not only in the narrow sphere of money and banking but over a broad spectrum of economic problems. The Department was organised into three major divisions, the Division of Monetary Research, the Division of Rural Economics and the Division of Statistics, the first Directors of the Division being&nbsp;Dr. B.K. Madan, Dr. B.R. Shenoy and Dr. N.S.R. Sastry, respectively.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book deals with a number of great personalities who left a lasting impression on the Economic Department which is the “Brain” of the Reserve Bank of India.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>After covering the founding fathers like Dr. P.S.N. Prasad, Dr. K.N. Raj, Dr. Dharma Kumar, the book leads us on to the intellectuals like Shri M. Narasimham, Dr. A.G. Chandavarkar, Dr. V.V. Bhatt, Dr. Deena Khatkhate and Dr. K.S. Krishnaswamy.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Their glorious period was succeeded by the electrifying presence of highly regarded economists like Shri S.S. Tarapore, Dr. N.A. Mujumdar and Dr. Meenakshi Tyagarajan.&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The book is replete with hilarious anecdotes which impart an air of levity to a highly charged department.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>The reader will get an inkling of how the Brains Trust of a Central Bank works.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /397 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2023
    Pages: 1069
    ISBN 9789332706217
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy Since Independence (34th Edition 2023-24)

    A comprehensive and critical analysis of India’s economy, 1947-2023

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /398 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2020
    Pages: 308
    ISBN 9789332705210
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:AF Press/ Do A Book
    Brochure

    Competitiveness of India’s Agricultural Exports

    In the Post WTO Regime

    Balaji 


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /399 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2020
    Pages: 200
    ISBN 9789332705203
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:AF Press/DO A BooK
    Brochure

    Productivity of Agricultural Karnataka

    Evidence from Major Crops

    Balaji 


    About the Book

    <p><em>From the Foreword</em><br /> The present work is an attempt to analyze the&nbsp;cropping pattern, productivity and project the&nbsp;availability of food grains in Karnataka state.&nbsp;Using the long –term data for the period 1955-56&nbsp;to 2015-16 and employing a host of statistical&nbsp;tools, the study discusses the trends in area,&nbsp;production and yield; pattern of supply response;&nbsp;and productivity of agriculture, especially food&nbsp;grains.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /400 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2020
    Pages: 245
    ISBN 9789332704909
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Corporate Social Responsibility

    The Changing Perspectives

    R.K. Mishra‚ Shulagna Sarkar


    About the Book

    <p>CSR in India is not a new concept; companies have been practicing it in a&nbsp;voluntary spirit, sometimes with a philanthropic approach. Yet, India has been the&nbsp;talk of the world for the last few years in context to its efforts towards governing&nbsp;CSR. Responsible business conduct is an essential part of an open international&nbsp;investment climate. India as a country may not have attempted RBC in its present&nbsp;form yet largely the laws of the land and the governance mechanism are in&nbsp;alignment to the RBC principles. The book is an attempt to discuss the newer&nbsp;perspective to CSR and shares varying point of views to the implementation of CSR&nbsp;in India.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /401 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2019
    Pages: 125
    ISBN 9789332704923
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Public Expenditure for Children in Tamil Nadu 2009-10 to 2017-18

    R. Srinivasan


    About the Book

    <p>A template to segregate the expenditures on children from the State Budget is a useful&nbsp;exercise to provide a bird’s eye view of the availability of public resources for the&nbsp;development of children in the state. For instance, 18 per cent of Tamil Nadu’s budget&nbsp;was spent on children in 2017-18 and in absolute terms it increased around 280 per cent&nbsp;in a decade.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /402 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2023
    Pages: 649
    ISBN 9789332706248
    INR 845

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy (24th Edition)

    Performance and Policies

    Uma Kapila


    About the Book

    <div>HERE’s the new, 24th Edition of the widely accepted textbook on Indian Economy for undergraduate students (BA /BCom/Hons) incorporating the latest recommended readings. The book provides a comprehensive coverage of Indian economy under five sections:</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>I.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>basic issues in economic development: institutional framework and policy regimes;</div> <div>II.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>growth and distributional issues: poverty, inequality and employment;</div> <div>III.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>current perspectives in Indian agriculture: growth, productivity, constraints and pricing;</div> <div>IV.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>industry and services sector;</div> <div>V.<span style="white-space:pre"> </span>financial sector and the external sector.</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>The author Dr. Uma Kapila has specially designed this book based on the latest original readings recommended for the undergraduate courses, some of these being available in her edited books:<em> Indian Economy Since Independence, 34th Edition (2023-24)</em>, <em>Indian Econo-mic Development Since 1947 (2016-17 Edition)</em> and <em>Indian Economy: Economic Development and Policy (3rd Edition 2021)</em>.&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>In the present volume, author has made an effort to keep the language simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument or diluting the analyses. The book also carries a comprehensive Glossary.&nbsp;</div> <div>&nbsp;</div> <div>Apart from undergraduate students, the book is widely used by students preparing for the IAS and other competitive examinations.</div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /403 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2023
    Pages: 278
    ISBN 9789332706194
    INR 995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:AF Press
    Brochure

    India Policy Forum 2022 : Volume 19

    Poonam Gupta‚ Pravin Krishna‚ Karthik Muralidharan (Eds.)


    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /404 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2023
    Pages: 338
    ISBN 9789332706286
    INR 1395

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:AF Press
    Brochure

    Three Pillars

    Government, Market, and Communities for Environment Management

    M.N. Murty‚ Surender Kumar (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <div> <div><span style="font-size: 12px;">Government, market, and communities</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">are the three pillars of the economy.&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">The existing books in economics on&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">environmental policy focus on the&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">role of one or two of these pillars in&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">environmental management. This book&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">comprehensively discusses the role of all&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">these three institutions in environmental&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">management drawing from some&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">of the work done at the Institute of&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">Economic Growth, Delhi during the&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">last forty years. The government&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">uses budgetary policy instruments of&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">prices, taxes, public expenditures, and&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">direct policy instruments like pollution&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">taxes, standards, quantity restrictions,&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">and penalties&nbsp; for&nbsp;environmental&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">management. The market helps to&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">manage the environment through prices,&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">quantities, and the laws protecting&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">property rights to environmental&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">resources. The organised groups of&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">people and local communities could&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">effectively deal with environmental&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">problems through local and international&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">collectives to secure the efficient&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">management of local and global&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">commons. This is the first book on&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">environmental policy discussing all&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">these aspects of environmental policy&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">in one place. It is worth noting that the&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">research papers covered in the book&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">are not just theoretical conceptual&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">papers but are augmented by empirical&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">exercises based on Indian data. It will be&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">of interest to the students, researchers&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">of environmental economics, and&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">practitioners and policymakers in the&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size: 12px;">arena of environmental policy.</span></div> </div>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /405 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2021
    Pages: 512
    ISBN 9789332705722
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Collected Scientific Papers of the Pioneering Economist and Planner P.J.Thomas

    E.M. Thomas


    About the Book

    <p><em>Excerpt from the Foreword by&nbsp;Dr Y.V. Reddy</em></p> <p>“Dr. P.J. Thomas preceded Professor&nbsp;Manmohan Singh, Dr. Bimal Jalan&nbsp;and Professor Kaushik Basu among&nbsp;others as principal Economic Advisor&nbsp;to Government of India. He signed the&nbsp;Brettonwoods agreement that ushered&nbsp;the IMF and the World Bank, and also&nbsp;signed the United Nations Charter in&nbsp;1945 when he was with Government of&nbsp;India.<br /> ...<br /> “The present book “Collected Scientific&nbsp;Papers of the Pioneering Economist&nbsp;and Planner Dr. P J Thomas” provides&nbsp;a golden opportunity for all who are&nbsp;interested in studying the original&nbsp;papers written by him. It’s a yeomen&nbsp;service done by the author to the&nbsp;present and future generations of&nbsp;students of Economics.<br /> ...<br /> “The compilation of the papers have&nbsp;significant contemporary relevance.&nbsp;For instance, the papers deal with&nbsp;challenges before our country at&nbsp;that time, the banking problems, the&nbsp;state of agriculture, and above all,&nbsp;the problems of federal finance. Of&nbsp;particular significance is some of the&nbsp;micro data based studies. The book will<br /> be of immense value for policy-makers&nbsp;as well as research students, and a&nbsp;desirable addition to libraries.”&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>— Yaga Venugopal Reddy</strong><br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Former Governor, Reserve Bank of India<br /> &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Chairman, Fourteenth Finance Commission</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /406 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 148
    ISBN 9789332701663
    INR 1195

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    e-Governance in Andhra Pradesh

    A Case of Mee Seva

    R.K. Mishra‚ A. Sridhar Raj‚ A.N.K. PRASANNA Anjaneyulu‚ K.V. ANANTHA Kumar


    About the Book

    <p>The book is description of the citizen centric services offered using technology as a medium wherein the citizens are able to access various services being offered by the government through a single stop shop called Mee Seva. It provides deep insights into how Mee Seva functions in the erstwhile state of Andhra Pradesh. The volume has been written on the basis of data collection from the primary sources and extensive interviews with different stakeholders involved in the design, deployment and delivery of Mee Seva. The book primarily focuses on how Mee Seva has reduced various malpractices in the citizen service delivery and has made the entire process hassle free and a fruitful experience for the citizens as the country marches ahead towards good governance.&nbsp;</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /407 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2021
    Pages: 580
    ISBN 9789332705555
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy (2020-21 Edition)

    Economic Development and Policy in India

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>The book in 21 chapters across five sections, covers: (i) issues in growth,&nbsp;development, sustainability and factors in developments; (ii) economic&nbsp;development since independence covering major features of Indian economy at&nbsp;independence, planning, market and the state, population and economic development:&nbsp;demographic trends and issues—education, health and malnutrition; (iii) growth and&nbsp;development under different policy regimes: growth and structural change, regional&nbsp;contrast, saving and investment, monetary, fiscal, budgetary developments, policies and&nbsp;fiscal federalism; (iv) assessment of Indian development experience—poverty,&nbsp; inequality,&nbsp;unemployment, labour market and employment: issues of employment and inclusiveness;&nbsp;and (v) comparative picture of Indian economy: international comparisions.</p> <p>Every effort has been made to provide the readers the original readings&nbsp;recommended by reproducing the particular paper/article from the original source.&nbsp;However, where the revised version of the same article is available, the book carries&nbsp;the revised version for the benefit of the students and teachers. The revised 3rd edition&nbsp;of the book in five sections comprises some chapters authored by the editor based on the&nbsp;course outline as also the recommended readings.</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /408 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2017
    Pages: 279
    ISBN 9789332704145
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    The New Middle Class in India and Brazil

    Green Perspectives?

    Dawid Danilo Bartelt‚ Axel Harneit-sievers (Eds.)


    About the Book

    <p>Since the turn of the millennium, the growth of the “new global middle class” in the world’s rapidly emerging economies has received much interest, even excitement. But what is new middle class really like in countries such as India and Brazil? Is it a solid upwardly mobile social group – or rather a fragile class prone to poverty again once the next economic crisis comes? Does the new middle class support democracy – or does it rather tend towards aggressive nationalism? And if so much of the world is going to pursue typical middle class lifestyles and patterns of consumption, wouldn’t that have massive environmental impacts – or are there more sustainable options?</p> <p>With perspectives from India and Brazil, this volume provides new insights into what is likely the most significant social development of our times: the rise of a global middle class, full of aspirations, in a world where safe limits of sustainability are already being transgressed.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /409 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 463
    ISBN 9789332703339
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Agricultural Economy during Pre-Green Revolution Era 1940 to 1965

    Volume 1

    Indian Journal Of Agricultural Economics


    About the Book

    <p>This volume is a part of the three-volume compilation of 74 presidential addresses of the Indian Society of Agricultural Economics (ISAE ) starting from&nbsp;1940 to 2015 to commemorate the Platinum Jubilee year (2015) of ISAE . Each&nbsp;volume carries Introduction by three eminent economists: Prof V.S. Vyas&nbsp;(Volume 1), Prof S.S. Johl (Volume 2) and Prof Abhijit Sen (Volume 3). These&nbsp;introductions have not only added tremendous value to the volumes, but&nbsp;also provide a brief understanding of what is in the volumes. The knowledge&nbsp;system covered in the addresses, their interpretation, understanding of issues&nbsp;and profound policy analyses and recommendations made would be found&nbsp;very valuable by the students, teachers, and researchers in agricultural economics&nbsp;besides other stakeholders in agriculture. These volumes will be great&nbsp;reference source for those engaged in the study of agricultural economics.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /410 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 729
    ISBN 9789332703346
    INR 1795

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Agricultural Economy under Green Revolution 1966 to 1990

    Volume 2

    Indian Journal Of Agricultural Economics


    About the Book

    <p>This volume is a part of the three-volume compilation of 74 presidential&nbsp;addresses of the Indian Society of Agricultural Economics (ISAE ) starting from&nbsp;1940 to 2015 to commemorate the Platinum Jubilee year (2015) of ISAE . Each&nbsp;volume carries Introduction by three eminent economists: Prof V.S. Vyas&nbsp;(Volume 1), Prof S.S. Johl (Volume 2) and Prof Abhijit Sen (Volume 3). These&nbsp;introductions have not only added tremendous value to the volumes, but&nbsp;also provide a brief understanding of what is in the volumes. The knowledge&nbsp;system covered in the addresses, their interpretation, understanding of issues&nbsp;and profound policy analyses and recommendations made would be found&nbsp;very valuable by the students, teachers, and researchers in agricultural economics&nbsp;besides other stakeholders in agriculture. These volumes will be great&nbsp;reference source for those engaged in the study of agricultural economics.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /411 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 938
    ISBN 9789332703353
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Agricultural Economy under Liberalised Regime 1991 to 2015

    Volume 3

    Indian Journal Of Agricultural Economics


    About the Book

    <p>This volume is a part of the three-volume compilation of 74 presidential&nbsp;addresses of the Indian Society of Agricultural Economics (ISAE ) starting from&nbsp;1940 to 2015 to commemorate the Platinum Jubilee year (2015) of ISAE . Each&nbsp;volume carries Introduction by three eminent economists: Prof V.S. Vyas&nbsp;(Volume 1), Prof S.S. Johl (Volume 2) and Prof Abhijit Sen (Volume 3). These&nbsp;introductions have not only added tremendous value to the volumes, but&nbsp;also provide a brief understanding of what is in the volumes. The knowledge&nbsp;system covered in the addresses, their interpretation, understanding of issues&nbsp;and profound policy analyses and recommendations made would be found&nbsp;very valuable by the students, teachers, and researchers in agricultural economics&nbsp;besides other stakeholders in agriculture. These volumes will be great&nbsp;reference source for those engaged in the study of agricultural economics.</p>

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /412 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2016
    Pages: 154
    ISBN 9789332703407
    INR 1295

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Memorandum of Understanding in India

    R.K. Mishra‚ Geeta Potaraju


    About the Book

    <div><span style="font-size: 12px;">After many decades of existence of public sector in India, there are still many questions unanswered. Though the Government has delegated financial and administrative powers to PEs (public enterprises) to a great extent to provide considerable financial leverage for taking prudent decisions, the results are not satisfactory. It has been several decades since the MoU system has been introduced in India in the hope of incentivising performance, yet there are considerable numbers of PEs which are languishing in the fair and good category in terms of performance. Performance challenges still exist in public sector enterprises which are mainly due to inadequate systems, processes, and latest technology. The focus now is on making the PEs more efficient and competitive so that they can face the stiff market competition. There is a clear direction that has been set with the Performance Management Division taking lead and rolling out the overarching PMS and implementing RFD. The RFD system provides a comprehensive framework of performance measurement and management for all the government departments/ministries, to develop performance plans in sync with the national priorities and prog-rammes. With the RFD system in place, it will give greater stability to the MoU system and make it sustainable.</span></div>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /413 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2021
    Pages: 582
    ISBN 9789332705647
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Indian Economy-II

    Macroeconomic Policies, Sectoral Developments and Performance

    Uma Kapila (Ed.)


    About the Book

    <p>This book, in four sections, aims to provide comprehensive coverage of the Indian economy as per the course(s) outline with original readings as recommended. <strong>Section-I</strong> covers Macroeconomic Policies and their Impact; Fiscal and Budgetary Developments; the Indian Financial Sector; India’s New Foreign Trade Policy; Labour Regulation. <strong>Section-II</strong> is devoted to Policies and Performance in Agriculture: Transformation in Indian Agriculture: Growth Inclusiveness and Sustainability; Food Price Inflation: Pre- and Post-Economic Liberalisation; Agriculture and Food Management. <strong>Section-III</strong> devoted to Policies and Performance in Industry covers: Economic Reforms and Manufacturing Sector Growth; Foreign Direct and Portfolio Investment; Economic Growth with Employment; Make in India: Which Exports Can Drive the Next Wave of Growth?; Employment Problem; and India’s Competition Laws. <strong>Section-IV</strong> devoted to the Services Sector provides a comprehensive coverage of this leading sector of the Indian economy.</p> <p><br /> The analysis and discussion covering the four sections in 20 chapters includes contributions by economists and experts:</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Rahul Anand</p> <p>Sarthi Acharya</p> <p>Pulapre Balakrishnan</p> <p>Aditya Bhattacharjea</p> <p>Achin Chakraborty</p> <p>Rupa Chanda</p> <p>S. Mahendra Dev</p> <p>Simon Deakin</p> <p>Biswajit Dhar</p> <p>Leena Mary Eapen</p> <p>Josh Felman</p> <p>Antara Haldar</p> <p>Uma Kapila</p> <p>Kalpana Kochhar</p> <p>Santosh Mehrotra</p> <p>Rakesh Mohan</p> <p>Saurabh Mishra</p> <p>R. Nagaraj</p> <p>Nagesh Kumar</p> <p>Sthanur R. Nair</p> <p>Manoj Panda</p> <p>Partha Ray</p> <p>Shantanu De Roy</p> <p>Arvind Subramanian</p> <p>Jayan Jose Thomas</p>

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contributors
  • Economics /414 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2024
    Pages: 392
    ISBN 9789332706187
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation / AF Press
    Brochure

    Supreme Court and the Indian Economy

    A Story of Economic Impact of Six Landmark Cases of the Supreme Court

    Pradeep S. Mehta


    About the Book

    <p>This book innovatively analyses the impact of key decisions made by the Indian Supreme Court on economic matters. It assesses the direct effects of these rulings on relevant sectors and suggests that the Courts could have achieved comparable outcomes with less cost to both society and the economy. The author proposes that the Courts could have used expert advice to attain more balanced resolutions.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Highlighting a positive stance, the book acknowledges the Supreme Court's forward-looking interpretation of the law. It initiates crucial research, prompting a reevaluation of the judiciary's role and legitimacy within the society. This book serves as a valuable resource for lawyers and academics who have an interest in the field of adjudication on economic matters.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /415 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2024
    Pages: 628
    ISBN 9789332706354
    INR 1995

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Changing Paradigms of Urbanisation

    India and Beyond

    Om Prakash Mathur


    About the Book

    <p>Between 2022 and 2047, India will transit from a lower-middle to an upper-middle urban economy. What strategic policy shifts will be necessary to ensure that this transition plays out productively is a major question that the author addresses in the opening paper.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>This book—a collection of 20 papers authored by Om Prakash Mathur, a leading urban scholar, serves as a repository of insights into global and Indian urbanisation. It explores how it unfolds and establishes linkages with macroeconomic parameters. The author deliberates on questions such as: are these linkages in line with the tenets of the growing economy that India is? Has the 74th Constitutional amendment, aimed at restructuring urban governance and finance, yielded the expected results? Furthermore, the author explores the challenges of uneven spatial development in major Asian economies. He advocates market-driven approaches to counter inequities, in place of the conventional methods of developing counter-magnets, growth centres, and small cities. Simultaneously, he delves into the paradox of poverty and informality in the world’s mega economic hubs.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Supported by rigorous research and analytical frameworks, the book is an indispensable resource for academics, policy-makers and researchers.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /416 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2024
    Pages: 392
    ISBN 9789332706392
    INR 895

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation / AF Press
    Brochure

    Supreme Court and the Indian Economy

    A Story of Economic Impact of Six Landmark Cases of the Supreme Court


    About the Book

    <p>This book innovatively analyses the impact of key decisions made by the Indian Supreme Court on economic matters. It assesses the direct effects of these rulings on relevant sectors and suggests that the Courts could have achieved comparable outcomes with less cost to both society and the economy. The author proposes that the Courts could have used expert advice to attain more balanced resolutions.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>Highlighting a positive stance, the book acknowledges the Supreme Court's forward-looking interpretation of the law. It initiates crucial research, prompting a reevaluation of the judiciary's role and legitimacy within the society. This book serves as a valuable resource for lawyers and academics who have an interest in the field of adjudication on economic matters.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /417 of 419
    Economics

    Paperback • 2024
    Pages: 122
    ISBN 9789332706293
    INR 595

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Money Mechanics

    The Youthful Road to Financial Freedom

    Devyansh Garg


    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /418 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2024
    Pages: 360
    ISBN 9789332706361
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Publisher:Academic Foundation
    Brochure

    Economic Diplomacy

    India’s Ascendancy in the 21st Century

    Pradeep S. Mehta‚ Anil Wadhwa‚ Advaiyot Sharma


    About the Book

    <p>Economic Diplomacy: India’s Ascendancy in the 21st Century is a unique book which brings out the experiences of practitioners of Indian economic diplomacy into the public domain. This curated collection consists of essays, case studies and anecdotal recollections penned by former and serving diplomats and officials, who have been first-hand participants in India’s economic diplomacy endeavours. This book will serve as an enduring repository of knowledge on the nuts and bolts underpinning India’s economic engagement with&nbsp;<br /> the world.</p> <p>The book highlights how economic diplomacy efforts have been instrumental in achieving India’s development objectives, and is intended to serve as institutional memory and guide the next generation of India’s diplomatic corps towards securing India’s economic interests globally. This is the Second Edition of the book. Economic Diplomacy: India’s Experience (Edited by Kishan S Rana and Bipul Chatterjee) was published by CUTS International in 2011.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail
  • Economics /419 of 419
    Economics

    Hard-cover • 2024
    Pages: 128
    ISBN 9789332706439
    INR 1495

    + Add to Cart
    Also available as e-book
    Publisher:AF Press
    Brochure

    Role of Communities in Achieving Sustainable Development

    Arsh Dhir‚ Prem Saran Satsangi


    About the Book

    <p>The book explores the vital role that communities can play in achieving the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and ensuring their long-term success. It provides a thorough analysis of progress towards the attainment of SDGs by India as well as at the global level, using the SDG Index developed by Sachs et al. (2018) and the report from NITI Aayog in India. The research reveals a concerning slowdown, halt, or even regression in SDG progress, largely due to crises such as climate change and the COVID-19 Pandemic.</p> <p><br /> It becomes clear that while the SDGs offer key elements for improving life in all its forms, they do not adequately address the essential conditions for sustaining the SDGs. This book highlights these underlying but widespread issues that, if cultivated within individuals and communities worldwide, could drive greater adoption of the SDGs. The authors introduce the concept of Holistic Sustainability, which encompasses both internal and external dimensions, illustrated through a case study of Dayalbagh - a community that has been practicing sustainable living for over&nbsp;a century.</p>

    Praise for this book

    About the Author(s) / Editor(s)

    Contents in detail